WO2022092186A1 - Method for determining bolt being used in fastening operation from plurality of bolts, computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, device comprising computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, method for determining bolt being used in loosening operation from plurality of bolts - Google Patents

Method for determining bolt being used in fastening operation from plurality of bolts, computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, device comprising computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, method for determining bolt being used in loosening operation from plurality of bolts Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022092186A1
WO2022092186A1 PCT/JP2021/039781 JP2021039781W WO2022092186A1 WO 2022092186 A1 WO2022092186 A1 WO 2022092186A1 JP 2021039781 W JP2021039781 W JP 2021039781W WO 2022092186 A1 WO2022092186 A1 WO 2022092186A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bolt
computer
bolts
tightening
value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/039781
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
怜奈 島田
華実 神原
鉄平 岡本
康治 近藤
Original Assignee
ニチアス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ニチアス株式会社 filed Critical ニチアス株式会社
Publication of WO2022092186A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022092186A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25BTOOLS OR BENCH DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, FOR FASTENING, CONNECTING, DISENGAGING OR HOLDING
    • B25B23/00Details of, or accessories for, spanners, wrenches, screwdrivers
    • B25B23/14Arrangement of torque limiters or torque indicators in wrenches or screwdrivers
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16BDEVICES FOR FASTENING OR SECURING CONSTRUCTIONAL ELEMENTS OR MACHINE PARTS TOGETHER, e.g. NAILS, BOLTS, CIRCLIPS, CLAMPS, CLIPS OR WEDGES; JOINTS OR JOINTING
    • F16B31/00Screwed connections specially modified in view of tensile load; Break-bolts
    • F16B31/02Screwed connections specially modified in view of tensile load; Break-bolts for indicating the attainment of a particular tensile load or limiting tensile load
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01LMEASURING FORCE, STRESS, TORQUE, WORK, MECHANICAL POWER, MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY, OR FLUID PRESSURE
    • G01L5/00Apparatus for, or methods of, measuring force, work, mechanical power, or torque, specially adapted for specific purposes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B19/00Teaching not covered by other main groups of this subclass

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts connecting flange joints to each other.
  • flange joint structures are often used to connect pipes.
  • This flange joint structure has a pair of flange portions and fixing means (bolts or the like) for fixing the flange portions to each other.
  • the operator can connect the pipes to each other by fixing the flanges to each other by using a fixing means in a state where the flanges are butted against each other. Gaskets are often interposed between the flanges.
  • an object of the present invention is a method used in a flange bolt fastening system for improving the skill of a worker who fastens a flange portion, and a method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts. To provide.
  • a plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of the plurality of bolts capable of fastening the pair of flange portions, and the plurality of sensors. It is provided with a computer for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained in the above-mentioned method, and a display device for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values.
  • a method of discriminating bolts being fastened from a plurality of bolts using a flange bolt fastening system in which the number of values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer increases beyond a predetermined threshold.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (2) is the method according to (1).
  • the computer acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to the present invention (3) is the method according to (1) or (2).
  • the plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
  • the computer recognizes the bolt to which the fastening operation is first performed as a reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of the bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts have been fastened, the number of laps is 1. After that, the number of laps is increased by 1 for each tightening operation of the reference bolt.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (4) is the method according to any one of (1) to (3).
  • the plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (5) is the method according to any one of (1) to (4).
  • the plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (6) is the method according to (4) or (5).
  • the value indicating the tightening strength of the bolt determined to be the bolt during the fastening operation by the computer is gradually increased toward the target value, it is determined to be step tightening.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (7) is the method according to any one of (1) to (6). After all the fastening operations of the plurality of bolts are completed, the computer extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and the difference between them. Is determined to have a large variation when it exceeds a predetermined range.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (8) is the method according to any one of (1) to (7).
  • the computer extracts the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and when the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range, it is determined that excessive tightening is present.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention is the method according to any one of (1) to (8).
  • the computer extracts the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and when the minimum value is below a predetermined range, it is determined that the tightening force is insufficient.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention is the method according to any one of (7) to (9).
  • the flange bolt fastening system has a pair of flanges and a gasket that is sandwiched and held between the pair of flanges.
  • the computer has an input unit. The predetermined range is set by the computer that receives the input of the gasket type to the input unit.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (11) is the method according to any one of (7) to (10).
  • the display device is made to display a message notifying that the computer has deviated from the predetermined range.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (12) is the method according to any one of (1) to (11).
  • the computer causes the display device to display the determination result of the bolt during the fastening operation.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (13) is the method according to any one of (1) to (12).
  • the computer measures the time from the start to the completion of the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts, and displays the measurement result on the display device.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (14) is the method according to any one of (1) to (13).
  • the proficiency level is displayed on the display device by the computer.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention is the method according to any one of (1) to (14).
  • the computer displays a comment on the worker's fastening operation on the display device.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (16) is the method according to any one of (1) to (15). Based on the user's selection, the display function of the display device is turned off by the computer, and after the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts is completed, the determination result of the bolt for which the fastening operation is performed is displayed on the display device in chronological order. do.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (17) is recorded is A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors.
  • a computer-readable recording medium in which a program for realizing the following functions is recorded in a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating the above and a display device for displaying a plurality of values indicating a tightening strength.
  • a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value a function of discriminating the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction as the bolt being fastened.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (18) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program of (17) is recorded.
  • the plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
  • the computer recognizes the bolt to which the fastening operation is first performed as a reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of the bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts have been fastened, the number of laps is 1. After that, the function of increasing the number of laps by 1 for each tightening operation of the reference bolt is realized.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (19) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to (17) or (18) is recorded.
  • the plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions. When the bolt being fastened by the computer and the bolt to be fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, it is recognized as a diagonal pair, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified, diagonal tightening is performed. Realize the function to judge.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (20) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (19) is recorded.
  • the plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions. When the bolt that is being fastened by the computer and the bolt that was fastened immediately before it are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts, it is recognized as a circumferential pair and two or more circumferential pairs. Realizes the function of determining the circumference tightening when is certified.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (21) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (20) is recorded.
  • the computer extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and the difference between them. Realizes a function of determining that the variation is large when the value exceeds a predetermined range.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (22) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (21) is recorded.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (23) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (22) is recorded.
  • the apparatus of the present invention has a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (23) is recorded.
  • the method of discriminating the bolt being loosened from the plurality of bolts of the present invention is A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors.
  • a method of discriminating a bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts by using a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating There, Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the computer determines a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. From a plurality of bolts that are determined to be bolts being operated by loosening the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the tightening strength that fluctuates most among the values indicating the tightening strength that fluctuates in the decreasing direction by the computer. Determine which bolt is being loosened.
  • the method for discriminating a bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts in the present invention is the method according to (25).
  • the computer acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals.
  • the computer-readable recording medium of the present invention (27) is A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors.
  • a computer-readable recording medium in which a program for realizing the following functions is recorded in a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating the above and a display device for displaying a plurality of values indicating a tightening strength.
  • a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
  • the computer realizes a function of loosening the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction and discriminating the bolt as a bolt being operated. Recorded the program to be made.
  • the apparatus of the present invention has a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to (27) is recorded.
  • FIG. 3 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a bolt and a sensor of the flange bolt fastening system shown in FIG. 1. It is a table which shows the log of the torque value every 1 second obtained by the measuring apparatus of the system shown in FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating bolts in a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts which concerns on 1st Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. It is a log which is partially extracted from the log of the torque value every 1 second shown in FIG. 3, and is the table which shows the log which attached the discrimination result of the bolt during the fastening operation.
  • the details of the method of discriminating the bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts used in the flange bolt fastening system and various application methods using the bolts will be described below with reference to the drawings.
  • the system contributes to the improvement of the skill of the worker who fastens the flange structure and the determination of the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
  • the system 11 includes a first pipe 12, a second pipe 13 abutted against the first pipe 12, a first flange portion 14 provided on the first pipe 12, and a second flange provided on the second pipe 13.
  • a plurality of bolts 16 and a plurality of nuts connecting the portion 15, the sealing member 19 interposed between the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15, and the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15.
  • the computer 22 connected to the measuring device 21 and acquiring information (strain value, etc.) from the measuring device 21, the display device 24 (display) connected to the computer 22, and the information acquired by the computer 22 are organized. It is provided with a server 23 for storing the data.
  • the first pipe 12 and the second pipe 13 imitate the pipes installed in a factory or a home.
  • the first pipe 12 and the second pipe 13 are placed on the support base 25.
  • the plurality of bolts 16 can be connected so as to penetrate the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 and abut each other.
  • the number of bolts 16 is eight. That is, in the present embodiment, the plurality of bolts 16 include the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of bolts 16 included in the system 11 is arbitrary. The number of bolts 16 can be appropriately changed to 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, ..., Etc., depending on the diameters of the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 and the like.
  • the seal member 19 is composed of a gasket.
  • the gasket constituting the seal member 19 is made of, for example, a metal gasket.
  • Each of the plurality of sensors 18 is composed of a strain gauge capable of detecting the axial strain of the bolt 16 when the bolt is fastened. Strain gauges are commercially available.
  • the sensor 18 (strain gauge) is adhered to, for example, a hole formed in the center of the bolt 16 by using an adhesive or the like.
  • the sensor 18 (strain gauge) can measure the strain value in the axial direction acting on the bolt 16.
  • the sensor 18 (strain gauge) may be adhered to the outer peripheral surface of the shaft of the bolt 16.
  • the measuring device 21 is composed of a strain gauge and a commercially available general data logger.
  • the measuring device 21 can acquire the current strain value of the bolt 16 from the strain gauge at predetermined time intervals, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 sends strain value data to the computer 22.
  • the computer 22 can immediately calculate the axial force value and the torque value acting on the bolt 16 and store them in the built-in memory, which are obtained by calculating from the strain value by a known method.
  • the axial force value and the torque value may be calculated in the measuring device 21.
  • the measuring device 21 can immediately calculate the axial force value and the torque value obtained by calculating from the strain value by a known method and can store them in the built-in memory.
  • the timing at which the measuring device 21 acquires the strain value or the like as a log from the strain gauge is arbitrary and can be appropriately determined.
  • the measuring device 21 may acquire the strain value from the strain gauge every 1 to 10 seconds, preferably every 1 to 5 seconds, and more preferably every 1 to 5 seconds.
  • the strain value may be obtained from the strain gauge every 1 to 3 seconds, and most preferably the strain value may be obtained from the strain gauge every 0.5 to 1.5 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 may acquire the strain value from the strain gauge every 0.8 to 1.5 seconds, preferably every 0.5 to 1.0 second. Alternatively, the strain value may be obtained from the strain gauge every 0.1 to 0.3 seconds.
  • the computer 22 is composed of a general PC (personal computer).
  • the computer 22 has an input unit 41 for inputting to the main body of the computer 22.
  • the input unit 41 is composed of, for example, a keyboard and a mouse.
  • Dedicated software is installed in the hard disk drive 31 built in the computer 22.
  • the software program is based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. As will be described later, the software can discriminate the bolt 16 currently being fastened from the other bolts 16 based on the flowchart shown in FIG. Further, the software can evaluate the proficiency level of the worker based on the work progress of the worker who has received the training and display it on the display device 24. Further, the software can display an appropriate comment on the display device 24 based on the work progress of the trained worker.
  • the computer 22 may be composed of a computer (workstation) on which AI is mounted.
  • the computer 22 makes an appropriate comment from the past comments based on the data (teacher data) accumulating the past work progress and the comments associated with the past work progress, and AI (neural). It may be displayed on the display device 24 based on the network).
  • the system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
  • the hard disk drive 31 is an example of a computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the software is recorded.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the software is recorded may be other than the hard disk drive 31, and may be, for example, an optical disk or a non-volatile memory such as a ROM, RAM, flash memory, or SSD.
  • the dedicated software can display the dedicated screen of the system 11 on the display device 24 and perform various calculations and the like.
  • the software acquires a plurality of information (strain value logs) corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 stored in the measuring device 21 from the measuring device 21 with almost no time lag.
  • the software can calculate the log of the axial force value (stress value) working on the bolt 16 and the log of the torque value by a known calculation formula from the logs of these plurality of strain values.
  • These axial force values and torque values are examples of values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt.
  • the relationship between the torque value and the axial force value (torque coefficient) is usually different for each bolt. In the flange bolt fastening system 11, since the torque coefficients of each bolt 16 are substantially the same, both the torque value and the axial force value can be used as examples of values indicating the tightening strength.
  • the software can display these strain value logs, axial force value logs, and torque value logs on a dedicated screen as needed.
  • the software can transmit the above-mentioned various logs to the server 23 and store them in an organized state on the server 23.
  • the software has a timer function of measuring the time from the start to the completion of the bolt 16 fastening operation and displaying it on the display device 24.
  • the software of the computer 22 has a plurality of information corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 stored in the measuring device 21.
  • strain value log, axial force value log, torque value log can be acquired from the measuring device 21 with almost no time lag.
  • the software can display these strain value logs, axial force value logs, and torque value logs as appropriate in a dedicated screen.
  • the software can transmit the above-mentioned various logs to the server 23 and store them in an organized state on the server 23.
  • the sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16.
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • FIG. 3 shows an example of a torque value log (torque value log for each bolt 16) corresponding to a strain value log measured every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the unit is Nm.
  • the computer 22 (the software) can also create a log of the axial force value calculated to correspond to the log of the strain value measured every 1 to 3 seconds together with the log of the torque value.
  • the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log
  • the computer 22 performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
  • the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16.
  • the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • this threshold is arbitrary. If the threshold value is smaller than the above range, the candidates for the bolt 16 during the fastening operation cannot be selected well. If the threshold value becomes larger than the above range, it leads to the failure to detect the bolt 16 that is actually performing the fastening operation.
  • step S11 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S11, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value that fluctuates most among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 (step S12). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
  • FIG. 5 shows a log of the torque value to which the result of actually determining the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 (the software concerned) is attached.
  • the unit is Nm.
  • the log shown in FIG. 5 is a part of the log shown in FIG. 3, and the log when the bolt 16 actually being fastened is determined is extracted from the log of FIG.
  • the discrimination result is shown as a circle together with the torque value of each log. From FIG. 5, it is understood that the bolts 16 determined to be currently being fastened are sequentially replaced together with the actual bolt 16 fastening work by the operator. In FIG. 5, time elapses as it goes to the lower column.
  • the computer 22 displays this determination result on the display device 24 (step S12).
  • 6 and 7 show an image of displaying the discrimination result on the display device 24.
  • the display device 24 shows images (icons) of the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the images (icons) of the 1st to 8th bolts 16A to 16H are displayed on the display device 24 corresponding to the actual positions of the 1st to 8th bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the computer 22 determines that the first bolt 16A is currently being fastened according to steps S11 and S12, the computer 22 surrounds the image (icon) of the first bolt 16A with a thick square frame and emphasizes it (Fig.). 6).
  • the image (icon) of the fifth bolt 16E is surrounded by a thick square frame and emphasized (see FIG. 7).
  • the computer 22 displays, for example, a torque value or an axial force value, which is a value indicating the current tightening strength of the bolt 16, in or near the image (icon) of the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H of the display device 24. It can be displayed (step S12).
  • the magnitude of the torque value or the axial force value may be expressed by the color or pattern of the bar in the image, or may be directly expressed by a numerical value or the like.
  • the trained worker can fasten the bolt 16 while checking the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 currently being operated.
  • the operator can proceed with the fastening work while confirming the number and the like of the bolt 16 being fastened on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 (software) can determine the number of bolt tightening laps in addition to the determination of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • the computer 22 certifies the bolt 16 to which the operator first fastens as a reference bolt.
  • the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1 (step S13).
  • the predetermined number may be 1 or more, and an appropriate number can be set, for example, 2 to 6, preferably 3 to 5.
  • the operator first fastens the first bolt 16A, then fastens the second bolt 16B, then fastens the third bolt 16C, then fastens the fourth bolt 16D, and then the second bolt. It is assumed that the 5-bolt 16E is fastened.
  • the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1.
  • the order of fastening operations of the 2nd to 5th bolts 16B and 16E does not matter, and even if the fastening operations are performed in an order other than the order of arrangement, if the four bolts 16 are fastened, the number of laps is 1. Is determined.
  • the computer 22 maintains 1 lap even when the operator subsequently fastens the 6th bolt 16F, the 7th bolt 16G, and the 8th bolt 16H.
  • the computer 22 adds 1 to 2 laps (step S14).
  • the number of laps 2 is maintained.
  • the computer 22 increases the number of laps by one.
  • the computer 22 displays the number of laps on the display device 24 at any timing during the fastening operation of the bolt 16 and after the completion of the fastening operation of the bolt 16 (step S15).
  • the operator can confirm that the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 is within the range of the appropriate value, and can complete the tightening of the bolt 16. After the completion, the operator can confirm the number of laps together with the torque value or the axial force value of each bolt 16 after the tightening is completed on the display screen of the display device 24. Even when a number other than 4 is set as the predetermined number, the number of laps is determined in the same manner as described above, and the number of laps is displayed on the display device 24. Further, the computer 22 determines the proficiency level and the comment of the worker according to the number of laps and the fastening operation time.
  • the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 that the worker is at a high proficiency level (step S16).
  • the display device 24 indicates that the worker is at a low proficiency level (step S16).
  • the fastening operation time exceeds the standard working time
  • the computer 22 displays the proficiency level low and displays the following comment (message) on the display device 24. Can be done. "Careful construction is preferable, but more familiarity with the procedure is expected to improve work efficiency.” This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the first application method thereof.
  • the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the present embodiment and the plurality of bolts 16 used thereof can be utilized for the certification test of the trained worker. That is, the technical level of the operator can be determined by using various determination criteria using the determination result of the bolt 16 being fastened and the log of the torque value or the axial force value at that time. As a result, it is possible to grasp the technical level of the worker who is going to master the tightening work of the bolt 16 and to contribute to the improvement of the technical level of the worker.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a first application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a first application method thereof may be realized.
  • a flange bolt fastening system 11 was used as a method for discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16.
  • the flange bolt fastening system 11 has a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring the strain values of the plurality of bolts 16, and a plurality of tightening corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors 18.
  • a computer 22 for acquiring a value indicating the strength and a display device 24 for displaying a plurality of tightening strength values are provided.
  • the computer 22 discriminates the plurality of torque values that have changed in the direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values, and the computer 22.
  • the bolt 16 corresponding to the most fluctuating torque value is determined to be the bolt 16 being fastened.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded realizes the following functions in the flange bolt fastening system.
  • the flange bolt fastening system is obtained from a plurality of sensors that measure the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flange portions, and a plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors, to the plurality of bolts.
  • a computer for acquiring a plurality of corresponding tightening strength values and a display device for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values are provided.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer, the values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that vary in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
  • the computer 22 can accurately determine the bolt 16 currently fastened by the operator. As a result, accurate logs can be taken on the computer 22, which can be effectively used for subsequent analysis using the system 11 (whether stepwise tightening is possible, whether overtightening, etc.).
  • the operator who fastens the bolts can proceed with the fastening work while confirming the number and position of the bolt 16 actually tightened on the screen of the display device 24.
  • the operator can learn the bolt tightening work while confirming on the screen that the bolt 16 to be fastened is correctly tightened.
  • the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 a value indicating the current plurality of tightening strengths of the bolt 16 currently being fastened, the operator displays the current plurality of tightening strengths. You can proceed with the work while checking the indicated values. As a result, it is possible to proceed with the training while performing the actual work with an appropriate tightening amount. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
  • the computer 22 acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals. Then, among the plurality of acquired torque values, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value are discriminated. According to this configuration, it is possible to acquire a plurality of torque values so as to thin out information to some extent so that the amount of data does not become enormous while preventing the detection omission of the bolt 16 during operation. This makes it possible to accurately determine the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • the flange bolt fastening system 11 has a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 arranged discretely in an annular shape, and a plurality of bolts obtained from a plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors 18.
  • a computer 22 for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to 16 and a display device 24 for displaying a plurality of tightening strength values are provided.
  • the method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts 16 using the flange portion bolt fastening system 11 increases beyond a predetermined threshold value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22.
  • a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in a direction is determined, and the computer 22 corresponds to a value indicating the largest fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in an increasing direction.
  • the bolt 16 is determined to be the bolt 16 being fastened, and the computer 22 recognizes the bolt 16 that has been fastened first as the reference bolt, and among the plurality of bolts 16, a predetermined number of bolts 16 including the reference bolt are used. When it is determined that the fastening operation has been performed, the number of laps is determined as 1, and thereafter, the number of laps is increased by 1 for each fastening operation of the reference bolt.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded is obtained from a plurality of sensors 18 that measure the strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 arranged discretely in an annular shape, and a plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors 18.
  • a flange bolt fastening system 11 comprising a computer 22 that acquires a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 and a display device 24 that displays a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths. The following functions are realized.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value by the computer 22.
  • the computer 22 recognizes the bolt 16 to which the fastening operation is first performed as the reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of bolts 16 including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts 16 have been fastened, the number of laps is determined. Is determined as 1, and thereafter, the function of discriminating the bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts, which increases the number of laps by 1 for each fastening operation of the reference bolt, is realized.
  • the operator can grasp the number of laps of bolt fastening together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. As a result, it is possible to accurately grasp whether the fastening work of the bolt 16 is properly performed, and it is possible for the worker to receive training in the fastening work by grasping the progress of the fastening work of the bolt 16.
  • the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • the information of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation can be notified to the operator via the display device 24.
  • the operator can proceed with the bolt 16 fastening work while checking the information of the bolt 16 currently being fastened on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 measures the time from the start to the completion of the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts 16 and displays the measurement result on the display device 24.
  • the working time can be notified to the operator together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • it is possible to encourage the worker to finish the work in a short time, and it is possible to teach the bolt 16 fastening work while improving the work efficiency. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
  • the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16.
  • the trained worker can fasten the bolt 16 while checking the value indicating the current tightening strength on the screen of the display device 24.
  • the proficiency level is displayed on the display device 24 by the computer 22. According to this configuration, it is possible to motivate the trained workers to improve their skills. This can encourage trained workers to further train to acquire skills.
  • the computer 22 displays the comment on the worker's fastening operation on the display device 24. According to this configuration, it is possible to point out points to be appropriately improved to the workers who are undergoing training. As a result, the worker can acquire the skill more efficiently.
  • FIGS. 8 to 11 a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the second embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and a second application method using the same.
  • the computer 22 can determine diagonal tightening, diagonal step tightening, circumferential tightening, and circumferential step tightening.
  • Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 8 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22.
  • the system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from a plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment and a second application method thereof will be described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers.
  • the sensor 18 strain gauge
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log
  • the computer 22 performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
  • the computer 22 (the software) has a plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16 which are varied in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. Determine the torque value.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • step S21 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S21, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value that fluctuates most among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device (step S22). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the bolts 16 that have been fastened in order are diagonally tightened (steps S23 to S30). That is, it is determined whether or not the bolts 16 that have been sequentially fastened are in diagonal positions (step S23). For example, when the total number of bolts 16 is 8, and the difference in bolt numbers between the bolts 16 is 4, the computer 22 recognizes them as diagonal pairs as diagonal pairs (step S24). If the diagonal pair is not certified, it is determined that the diagonal pair is not tightened (step S29).
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not there are two or more different diagonal pairs (step S25). When there are two or more different diagonal pairs, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal tightening is performed (step S26). When the number of different diagonal pairs is 1 or less, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal tightening is not performed (step S30).
  • Example 1 shown in FIG. 10 when the first bolt 16A, the fifth bolt 16E, the third bolt 16C, the seventh bolt 16G, and the first bolt 16A are fastened in this order.
  • Example 2 shown in FIG. 10 when four or more diagonal pairs shown in a square are certified, the computer 22 also determines that the diagonal tightening is performed. As in Example 3 shown in FIG. 10, there is no diagonal pair between the second bolt 16B and the sixth bolt 16F of the diagonal pair and the fourth bolt 16D and the eighth bolt 16H of the diagonal pair. Even when the second bolt 16B is fastened, the computer 22 determines that the second bolt 16B is diagonally tightened.
  • Example 4 when there is one diagonal pair surrounded by a square, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal tightening is not performed.
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the tightening torque of the bolt 16 is gradually increased (step S27 in FIG. 8). At that time, the computer 22 determines whether or not the procedure for gradually increasing the tightening torque, which is recommended in JISB2251 "flange joint tightening method", is followed. That is, JISB2251 recommends that the tightening torque is gradually increased in the order of, for example, 10% ⁇ 20% ⁇ 60% ⁇ 100% of the target fastening torque.
  • the first diagonal pair is fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque. Judge whether or not they are concluded in order (the number of diagonal pairs does not matter). At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 5 to 15% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • the first diagonal pair is fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque.
  • % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order.
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 15 to 25% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • the first diagonal pair is fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque.
  • % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order.
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 55 to 65% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • the first diagonal pair is fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque.
  • % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order.
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 95 to 105% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • step S28 determines that it is a diagonal step tightening
  • step S31 determines that the tightening is diagonal, but not diagonal step tightening
  • step S32 the circumferential tightening determination shown in FIG. 9
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not it corresponds to the circumferential tightening (step S32, the circumferential tightening determination shown in FIG. 9). As shown in FIG. 9, the computer 22 determines whether or not it is determined to be diagonal tightening or diagonal step tightening in the diagonal tightening determination before that (step S41). If it is not determined to be diagonal tightening or diagonal step tightening, it is determined whether or not it corresponds to circumferential tightening. If it is already determined to be diagonally tightened or diagonally stepped in the previous step, it is immediately determined not to be circumferentially tightened (step S48).
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the bolt 16 during the fastening operation and the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation was performed immediately before the bolt 16 are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the bolts 16. In this case, being adjacent to each other along the alignment direction may be adjacent to the positive direction in which the number of the bolt 16 increases (the direction toward the first bolt 16A ⁇ the second bolt 16B ⁇ the third bolt 16C). However, they may be adjacent to each other in the direction opposite to the forward direction (the direction toward the first bolt 16A ⁇ the eighth bolt 16H ⁇ the seventh bolt 16G). Further, “adjacent" means that the absolute value of the difference between the bolt numbers is 1.
  • the computer 22 tightens the bolts 16 located at adjacent positions along the alignment direction in the same direction (forward direction, reverse direction) as the circumferential pair. Certified as a pair of circumferences of 2.
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not there are two or more different circumferential pairs (step S44). If it is determined that there are two or more different circumferential pairs, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened (step S45). If it is not determined that there are two or more different circumferential pairs, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is not tightened (step S49).
  • the first bolt 16A, the second bolt 16B, the third bolt 16C, the fourth bolt 16D, the fifth bolt 16E, the sixth bolt 16F, and the seventh bolt are used in the order of 16G, the 8th bolt 16H, and the 1st bolt 16A, the 1st bolt 16A and the 2nd bolt 16B shown by enclosing them in a square form a circumferential pair, and similarly, enclose them in a square.
  • the 2nd and 3rd bolts 16B and 16C shown are circumferential pairs
  • the 3rd and 4th bolts 16C and 16D are circumferential pairs
  • the 4th and 5th bolts 16D and 16E are circumferential pairs.
  • the 6-volt 16E and 16F form a circumferential pair
  • the 6th and 7th bolts 16F and 16G form a circumferential pair
  • the 7th and 8th bolts 16G and 16H form a circumferential pair. Therefore, two or more different circumferential pairs are recognized, and the computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened.
  • Example 2 shown in FIG. 11 when three or more circumferential pairs shown in a square are certified and the circumferential pairs are not adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the bolts, the same applies. , The computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened. As shown in Example 3 shown in FIG. 11, two or more circumferential pairs shown in a square are certified, and the first bolt 16A and the second bolt 16B of the circumference pair and the fifth bolt 16E and the second bolt of the circumference pair are certified. Even when there is a large gap between the 6 volt 16F and the 6 volt 16F, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened.
  • Example 4 shown in FIG. 11 when there is one circumferential pair surrounded by a square, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is not tightened.
  • the computer 22 (the software) further determines whether or not the torque value of the bolt 16 during operation is gradually increased (step S46).
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the procedure for gradually increasing the tightening torque, which is recommended in JISB2251 "flange joint tightening method", is followed. That is, JISB2251 recommends that the tightening torque is gradually increased in the order of, for example, 10% ⁇ 20% ⁇ 60% ⁇ 100% of the target fastening torque.
  • the first circumferential pair is fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque.
  • Judge whether or not they are concluded in order the number of circumferential pairs does not matter).
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 5 to 15% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • the first circumferential pair is fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque.
  • % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order.
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 15 to 25% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • the first circumferential pair is fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque.
  • % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order.
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 55 to 65% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • the first circumferential pair is fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque.
  • % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order.
  • the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 95 to 105% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
  • step S47 determines that it is a circumferential step tightening. If the above criteria are not seen, it is determined that the tightening is circumferential, but not the circumferential step tightening (step S50).
  • the computer 22 (the software) confirms whether or not the bolt 16 fastening operation has been completed, as shown in step S33 of FIG.
  • the confirmation may be performed, for example, by receiving an input of the work completion from the operator to the computer 22 after the completion of the fastening work, or it is determined that the computer 22 is completed when the bolt is not operated for a predetermined time. May be good. If the fastening work is completed, the process proceeds to the next step S34. If the fastening work is not completed, the process returns to step S21.
  • the computer 22 includes the presence / absence of diagonal tightening, the total number of diagonal pair tightening, the presence / absence of diagonal step tightening, the presence / absence of circumferential tightening, the total number of circumferential pair occurrences, the presence / absence of circumferential step tightening, and fastening.
  • the proficiency level of the worker is determined from the operation time and the like (step S34). In the case of diagonal tightening, if the total number of occurrences of diagonal pairs exceeds a predetermined number, a high evaluation is given. In addition, diagonal tightening is more highly evaluated than diagonal tightening.
  • circumferential tightening if the total number of occurrences of the circumferential pair exceeds a predetermined number, the evaluation is high. In addition, the circumferential tightening is more highly evaluated than the circumferential tightening. The shorter the fastening operation time, the higher the evaluation. The fastening operation time is evaluated low when the standard working time is exceeded.
  • the computer 22 displays various results such as the fastening torque, axial force, and fastening operation time of each bolt after the completion of the fastening operation, the proficiency level of the operator, and the comment on the display device (step S35).
  • the computer 22 can display the following comment (message) on the display device 24, for example, when the circumference is not tightened. "By tightening the circumference, it is expected that the variation in the tightening torque of the bolt will be suppressed. Instead of turning the bolt (nut), convey the same feeling of force to the bolt (nut) and repeat until it does not turn. That is the point. " The computer 22 can display the following comment (message) on the display device 24, for example, when the step tightening has not been completed.
  • the increase in axial force tended to be a little large. By making the amount of tightening at one time a little smaller, it becomes possible to perform stepwise tightening.”
  • the computer 22 improves the fastening operation time within the standard working time as compared with the previous time, and when the step tightening that was completed last time becomes incomplete, the following comment (message) is given. ) Can be displayed on the display device 24. "It has become faster to tighten than last time. In addition, be aware of tightening with a small torque in the first week, and try to tighten in stages.”
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a second application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a second application method thereof may be realized.
  • a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions.
  • the computer 22 determines the plurality of tightening strengths that vary in the direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. The indicated value is determined, and the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation of the tightening strength among the plurality of values indicating the tightening strength varied in the increasing direction by the computer 22 is fastened to the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • the computer 22 determines that the bolt 16 being fastened and the bolt 16 having been fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, the pair is certified as a diagonal pair, and two or more diagonal pairs are certified. At that time, it is judged to be diagonally tightened.
  • a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value by the computer 22.
  • the function and the function of discriminating the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation of the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer 22 as the bolt 16 being fastened.
  • the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 and the bolt 16 which was fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, they are recognized as diagonal pairs, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified.
  • the function of determining diagonal tightening is realized.
  • a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions.
  • the method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts is a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths which are varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22.
  • the computer 22 determines that the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation in the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction is the bolt 16 being fastened.
  • a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value by the computer 22.
  • the function and the function of discriminating the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer 22 as the bolt 16 being fastened.
  • the value indicating the tightening strength of the bolt 16 determined to be the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 is stepwise toward the target value. If it is increasing, it is judged as a step tightening. According to this configuration, it is possible to recommend to the operator to gradually increase the fastening torque of the bolt 16 in accordance with JISB2251.
  • the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16.
  • the operator can receive training in the fastening work while checking the current fastening torque of the bolt 16 on the display device 24.
  • the fastening work can be performed while visually grasping the fastening force of the bolt 16, and more accurate training can be given to the operator.
  • the computer 22 has, for example, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value and statistics from the value indicating the tightening strength of the plurality of bolts 16 to be fastened. Variation can be determined by a conventional method.
  • Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 12 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22.
  • the system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
  • the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores a range and a predetermined range corresponding to desirable torque values of a plurality of volts.
  • the range corresponding to the desired torque values of the plurality of bolts differs depending on the gasket type (gasket size, material, application, etc.). Therefore, the hard disk drive 31 stores the range in a form linked to the gasket type.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket A is in the range of 50.0 to 67.6 Nm centered on 58.8 Nm. Therefore, the predetermined range of desirable torque values for the gasket A is a range in which the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts is 17.6 Nm or less.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket B which is different from gasket A, is in the range of 71.65 to 96.95 Nm centered on 84.3 Nm. Therefore, the predetermined range of desirable torque values for the gasket B is a range in which the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts is 25.3 Nm or less.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket C which is different from gaskets A and B, is 58.15 to 78.65 Nm centered on 68.4 Nm. Therefore, the predetermined range of desirable torque values for the gasket C is a range in which the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts is 20.5 Nm or less.
  • the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores the desired range (predetermined range) as described above in a form linked to the gasket type.
  • the System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers.
  • the system 11 displays a message requesting input of the gasket (seal member 19) type on the display device 24, and prompts the operator to input the gasket type via the input unit 41 (step S51). ..
  • the training will start.
  • the start of the fastening operation is determined by detecting the torque value, but this determination method is an example.
  • the START button provided in the display screen displayed on the display device 24 is used.
  • the computer 22 may grasp the start of the fastening operation by the operator's operation.
  • the sensor 18 constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16.
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
  • the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • step S52 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S52, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device 24 (step S53). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the fastening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S54). That is, when the computer 22 can detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 is used. It is determined that the fastening operation has not been completed. In that case, the determination with the bolt 16 during the fastening operation is continued (steps S52 and S53).
  • the computer 22 when the computer 22 cannot detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 It is determined that the fastening operation is completed.
  • the completion of the fastening operation is determined by the absence of detection of the torque value, but this determination method is an example, and is provided, for example, in the display screen displayed on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 may grasp the completion of the fastening operation by the operator operating the STOP button.
  • the computer 22 extracts the maximum value and the minimum value from the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 (step S55). Further, the computer 22 calculates the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value, and determines whether or not the difference exceeds the predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type (step S68). When the difference exceeds the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that the variation is large, and displays a message to that effect and a message indicating the corresponding bolt 16 on the display device 24 (step S57). ). In this case, the computer 22 displays a low evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 determines that the variation is small, and displays a message to that effect on the display device 24 (step S58). In this case, the computer 22 displays a high evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a third application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a third application method thereof may be realized.
  • the maximum value and the minimum value are extracted from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the difference between them is the difference.
  • the predetermined range is exceeded, it is determined that the variation is large.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the difference between them is the difference.
  • a function for determining that the variation is large when the predetermined range is exceeded is realized.
  • the flange portion bolt fastening system 11 has a pair of flange portions and a gasket (seal member 19) sandwiched and held between the pair of flange portions, and determines the fastening state of a plurality of bolts.
  • the computer has an input unit, and the predetermined range is set by the computer that receives an input of the type of the gasket (seal member 19) to the input unit.
  • the values (torque value, axial force value) indicating the appropriate tightening strength differ depending on the type of gasket (seal member 19). According to this configuration, a predetermined range of values indicating an appropriate tightening strength suitable for the gasket type is set, so that more accurate training can be performed.
  • the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display a message notifying that the predetermined range has been exceeded. According to this configuration, the worker who receives the training can easily recognize that the value indicating the tightening strength is out of the appropriate range. As a result, a high training effect for workers can be obtained.
  • the computer 22 obtains, for example, a maximum value from a value indicating the tightening strength of the plurality of bolts 16 to be fastened, or a statistical method. By adopting the above, it is possible to determine the presence or absence of the overtightened bolt 16.
  • Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 13 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22.
  • the system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
  • the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores a range and a predetermined range corresponding to desirable torque values of a plurality of volts.
  • the range corresponding to the desired torque values of the plurality of bolts differs depending on the type of gasket (seal member 19) (gasket size, material, application, etc.). Therefore, the hard disk drive 31 stores the range in a form linked to the gasket type.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket A is in the range of 50.0 to 67.6 Nm centered on 58.8 Nm.
  • the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket A is the range of 88.2 Nm or less, which is 1.5 times the most desirable torque value of 58.8 Nm.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket B which is different from gasket A, is in the range of 71.65 to 96.95 Nm centered on 84.3 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket B is the range of 126.4 Nm or less, which is 1.5 times the most desirable torque value of 84.3 Nm.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket C which is different from gaskets A and B, is 58.15 to 78.65 Nm centered on 68.4 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket C is the range of 102.6 Nm or less, which is 1.5 times the most desirable torque value of 68.4 Nm.
  • the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores the desired range (predetermined range) as described above in a form linked to the gasket type.
  • the System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers.
  • the system 11 displays a message requesting input of the gasket type on the display device 24, and prompts the operator to input the gasket type via the input unit 41 (step S61).
  • the training will start.
  • the start of the fastening operation is determined by detecting the torque value, but this determination method is an example.
  • the START button provided in the display screen displayed on the display device 24 is used.
  • the computer 22 may grasp the start of the fastening operation by the operator's operation.
  • the sensor 18 constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16.
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
  • the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • step S62 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S62, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device 24 (step S63). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the fastening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S64). That is, when the computer 22 can detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 is used. It is determined that the fastening operation has not been completed. In that case, the determination with the bolt 16 during the fastening operation is continued (steps S62 and S63).
  • the computer 22 when the computer 22 cannot detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 It is determined that the fastening operation is completed.
  • the completion of the fastening operation is determined by the absence of detection of the torque value, but this determination method is an example, and is provided, for example, in the display screen displayed on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 may grasp the completion of the fastening operation by the operator operating the STOP button.
  • the computer 22 extracts the maximum value from the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 (step S65). Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not the maximum value exceeds the predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type (step S66). When the maximum value exceeds the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that there is excessive tightening, and displays a message to that effect and a message indicating the corresponding bolt 16 on the display device 24. (Step S67). In this case, the computer 22 displays a low evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 determines that there is no excessive tightening, and displays a message to that effect on the display device 24 (step S68). In this case, the computer 22 displays a high evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
  • the presence or absence of excessive tightening is determined after the fastening operation is completed, but this determination is not limited to the completion of the fastening operation. Of course, the determination may be made in real time when the worker is performing the fastening operation.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a fourth application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a fourth application method thereof may be realized.
  • the maximum value is extracted from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range. If this is the case, it is determined that there is excessive tightening.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded extracts the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range. In this case, the function of determining that there is excessive tightening is realized.
  • the computer 22 obtains, for example, a minimum value from a value indicating the tightening strength of the plurality of bolts 16 to be fastened, or a statistical method.
  • Software created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 14 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22.
  • the system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
  • the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores a range and a predetermined range corresponding to desirable torque values of a plurality of volts.
  • the range corresponding to the desired torque values of the plurality of bolts differs depending on the type of gasket (seal member 19) (gasket size, material, application, etc.). Therefore, the hard disk drive 31 stores the range in a form linked to the gasket type.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket A is in the range of 50.0 to 67.6 Nm centered on 58.8 Nm.
  • the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket A is a range of 45.2 Nm or more at which the tightening force is not insufficient.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket B which is different from gasket A, is in the range of 71.65 to 96.95 Nm centered on 84.3 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket B is a range of 64.3 Nm or more at which the tightening force is not insufficient.
  • the range of desirable torque values for gasket C which is different from gaskets A and B, is 58.15 to 78.65 Nm centered on 68.4 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket C is a range of 52.6 Nm or more at which the tightening force is not insufficient.
  • the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores the desired range (predetermined range) as described above in a form linked to the gasket type.
  • the System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers.
  • the system 11 displays a message requesting input of the gasket type on the display device 24, and prompts the operator to input the gasket type via the input unit 41 (step S71).
  • the training will start.
  • the start of the fastening operation is determined by detecting the torque value, but this determination method is an example.
  • the START button provided in the display screen displayed on the display device 24 is used.
  • the computer 22 may grasp the start of the fastening operation by the operator's operation.
  • the sensor 18 constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16.
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
  • the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • step S72 the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device 24 (step S73). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
  • the computer 22 determines whether or not the fastening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S74). That is, when the computer 22 can detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 is used. It is determined that the fastening operation has not been completed. In that case, the determination with the bolt 16 during the fastening operation is continued (steps S72 and S73).
  • the computer 22 when the computer 22 cannot detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 It is determined that the fastening operation is completed.
  • the completion of the fastening operation is determined by the absence of detection of the torque value, but this determination method is an example, and is provided, for example, in the display screen displayed on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 may grasp the completion of the fastening operation by the operator operating the STOP button.
  • the computer 22 extracts the minimum value from the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 (step S75). Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not the minimum value is below the predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type (step S76). When the minimum value is less than the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that the tightening force is insufficient, and displays a message to that effect and a message indicating the corresponding bolt 16 on the display device 24. (Step S77). In this case, the computer 22 displays a low evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 determines that there is no insufficient tightening force, and displays a message to that effect on the display device 24 (step S78). .. In this case, the computer 22 displays a high evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24. In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the tightening force is insufficient after the fastening operation is completed, but this determination is not limited to the completion of the fastening operation. Of course, the determination may be made in real time when the worker is performing the fastening operation.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a fifth application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a fifth application method thereof may be realized.
  • the minimum value is extracted from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the minimum value is below a predetermined range. In some cases, it is determined that the tightening force is insufficient.
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded extracts the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the minimum value falls below a predetermined range. In some cases, the function of determining that the tightening force is insufficient is realized.
  • the System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers.
  • the sensor 18 strain gauge
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log
  • the computer 22 performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
  • the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • step S81 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S81, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value that fluctuates most among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 (step S82).
  • the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
  • the computer 22 turns off the display function of the display device 24 while the operator is performing the bolt 16 fastening operation. Therefore, the computer 22 does not display the bolt determination result during the fastening operation on the display device 24 in real time.
  • the computer 22 (software) can determine the number of bolt tightening laps in addition to the determination of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • the computer 22 certifies the bolt 16 to which the operator first fastens as a reference bolt.
  • the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1 (step S83).
  • the predetermined number may be 1 or more, and an appropriate number can be set, for example, 2 to 6, preferably 3 to 5.
  • the operator first fastens the first bolt 16A, fastens the second bolt 16B, then fastens the third bolt 16C, fastens the fourth bolt 16D, and fastens the fifth bolt 16E.
  • the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1.
  • the order of fastening operations of the 2nd to 5th bolts 16B to 16E does not matter, and even if the fastening operations are performed in an order other than the order of arrangement, if the four bolts 16 are fastened, the number of laps is 1. Is determined.
  • step S84 When the operator operates the bolt 16 other than the reference bolt, the number of laps 2 is maintained. After that, when the operator performs the fastening operation to the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, the number of laps is increased by one.
  • the computer 22 (the software) confirms whether or not the bolt 16 fastening operation has been completed, as shown in step S85 of FIG.
  • the confirmation may be performed, for example, by receiving an input of the work completion from the operator to the computer 22 after the completion of the fastening work, or it is determined that the computer 22 is completed when the bolt is not operated for a predetermined time. May be good. If the fastening work is completed, the process proceeds to the next step S86. If the fastening work is not completed, the process returns to step S81.
  • step S86 the computer 22 (the software) can display the display in time series of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed on the display device 24.
  • the time-series display of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed may be a presentation of a table (for example, a table as shown in FIG. 5) summarizing the logs of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed. In the image showing the image of the bolt 16 as shown in FIGS.
  • the computer 22 determines the proficiency level of the worker according to the number of laps and the fastening operation time. For example, when the number of laps is 2 or more, the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 that the worker has a high proficiency level (step S87). On the other hand, when the number of laps is 1 or the number of laps is excessively large (for example, 5 or more), the display device 24 indicates that the worker has a low proficiency level (step S87). This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the sixth application method thereof.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a sixth application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a sixth application method thereof may be realized.
  • the determination result of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed and the number of laps of the fastening operation are hidden until the fastening operation is completed. Is not limited to this.
  • the computer 22 determines the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed, the presence / absence of diagonal tightening, the total number of diagonal pairs, and the diagonal.
  • the presence / absence of step tightening, the presence / absence of circumferential tightening, the total number of occurrences of circumferential pairs, the presence / absence of circumferential step tightening, and the fastening operation time are hidden until the fastening operation is completed, and the display device is displayed after the fastening operation is completed. It may be displayed on 24.
  • the determination result of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed may be displayed on the display device 24 in chronological order.
  • the computer 22 (the software) hides various results until the fastening operation is completed, and the display device is displayed after the fastening operation is completed, based on the user's selection. It may be displayed on 24. Among them, the determination result of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed may be displayed on the display device 24 in chronological order.
  • the method of determining the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 is based on the user's selection, the display function of the display device 24 is turned off by the computer 22, and the fastening operation is performed after the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts 16 is completed.
  • the determination result of the bolt 16 performed is displayed on the display device 24 in chronological order.
  • the worker who receives the training when the worker who receives the training is an advanced person, he / she can receive the training of the fastening work without displaying the bolt 16 during the fastening operation on the display device 24. As a result, it is possible to receive more advanced training and to receive a skill (proficiency level) determination without depending on the screen of the display device 24. Further, according to the above configuration, after the bolt 16 fastening operation is completed, the determination result of the bolt 16 that has been fastened to the display device 24 can be displayed in chronological order. As a result, the worker who receives the training or the like can confirm whether or not the procedure for fastening the bolt 16 is appropriate after the work is completed.
  • FIGS. 16 and 17 a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being loosened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the seventh embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and an application method using the same will be described. do.
  • This embodiment is a modified example in which the first embodiment is partially modified.
  • the bolt 16 during the tightening operation is not determined, but the bolt 16 during the loosening operation in which the operator is performing the loosening operation is determined.
  • Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart or the like shown in FIG. 17 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22.
  • the system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
  • all of the plurality of bolts 16 are fastened to the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 with appropriate torque values before the start of the training. ..
  • the sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16.
  • the measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example.
  • the measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16.
  • the software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
  • the computer 22 determines a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16.
  • the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16.
  • the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H from the log acquired by the computer 22.
  • the number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
  • this threshold is arbitrary. If the threshold value is smaller than the above range, the candidates for the bolt 16 during the loosening operation cannot be selected well. If the threshold value becomes larger than the above range, it leads to the failure to detect the bolt 16 that is actually loosening.
  • step S91 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S91, the computer 22 is in the process of loosening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 (step S92). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can surely discriminate the bolt 16 during the loosening operation.
  • the computer 22 displays this determination result on the display device 24 (step S92).
  • the images for displaying the determination result on the display device 24 are substantially the same as those in FIGS. 6 and 7.
  • the computer 22 determines that the loosening work of the first bolt 16A is currently being performed according to steps S91 and S92, the computer 22 surrounds the image (icon) of the first bolt 16A with a thick square frame and emphasizes it (Fig.). 6).
  • the image (icon) of the fifth bolt 16E is surrounded by a thick square frame and emphasized (see FIG. 7).
  • the computer 22 displays, for example, a torque value or an axial force value, which is a value indicating the current tightening strength of the bolt 16, in or near the image (icon) of the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H of the display device 24. It can be displayed (step S92).
  • the magnitude of the torque value or the axial force value may be expressed by the color or pattern of the bar in the image, or may be directly expressed by a numerical value or the like.
  • the trained worker can perform the loosening operation of the bolt 16 while checking the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 currently being operated.
  • the operator can proceed with the loosening work while checking the number and the like of the bolt 16 being loosened on the display device 24.
  • the computer 22 may determine the number of bolt tightening laps in addition to the determination of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
  • the computer 22 certifies the bolt 16 to which the operator first fastens as a reference bolt.
  • the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1 (step S13). At that time, the predetermined number is 1 or more, and an appropriate number can be set.
  • the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1.
  • the order of fastening operations of the 1st to 3rd bolts 16A to 16C, the 5th bolt 16E, and the 6th bolt 16F does not matter, and even if the fastening operations are performed in an order other than the order of arrangement, the four bolts are used. If 16 is fastened, the number of laps is determined to be 1.
  • the computer 22 maintains 1 lap even when the operator subsequently loosens and operates the 7th bolt 16G, the 4th bolt 16D, and the 8th bolt 16H.
  • the computer 22 adds 1 to 2 laps (step S94).
  • the number of laps 2 is maintained.
  • the computer 22 increases the number of laps by one.
  • the computer 22 displays the number of laps on the display device 24 at any timing during the loosening operation of the bolt 16 and after the loosening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S95). This step S95 is an optional step and may or may not be performed.
  • the operator can confirm that the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 is within the range of the appropriate value, and can complete the tightening of the bolt 16. After the completion, the operator can confirm the number of laps together with the torque value or the axial force value of each bolt 16 after the tightening is completed on the display screen of the display device 24. Even when a number other than 4 is set as the predetermined number, the number of laps is determined in the same manner as described above, and the number of laps is displayed on the display device 24. Further, the computer 22 determines the proficiency level and the comment of the worker according to the number of laps and the fastening operation time.
  • the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 that the worker is at a high proficiency level (step S96).
  • the display device 24 indicates that the worker is at a low proficiency level (step S96).
  • the computer 22 the software
  • step S96 is an optional step and may or may not be performed.
  • the computer 22 determines that the bolts 16 which have been loosened in order are gradually (stepwise) loosened diagonally, that is, whether or not the bolts 16 have been loosened diagonally. May be good. That is, it may be determined whether or not the bolts 16 that have been loosened in order are in diagonal positions. For example, when the total number of bolts 16 is 8, the computer 22 recognizes them as diagonal pairs when the difference between the bolt numbers of the bolts 16 is 4. If the diagonal pair is not recognized, it is judged that the diagonal pair is not loosened. Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not there are two or more different diagonal pairs. If there are two or more different diagonal pairs, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal is loose. If the number of different diagonal pairs is 1 or less, the computer 22 can determine that the diagonal is not loose. It should be noted that the determination as to whether or not this diagonal loosening is performed is an optional step and may or may not be performed.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being loosened mainly based on a torque value and an application method thereof are realized, but other examples of values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are used.
  • a method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on a certain axial force value and an application method thereof may be realized.
  • a flange bolt fastening system 11 was used as a method for discriminating the bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts.
  • the flange bolt fastening system 11 is a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 capable of fastening a pair of flange portions, and a plurality of strain values obtained from the plurality of sensors 18.
  • a computer 22 for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to the bolt 16 and a display device 24 for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values are provided.
  • the method of discriminating the bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts is a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths which are varied in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22.
  • the computer 22 determines that the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation in the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction is the bolt 16 being operated. ..
  • the computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded realizes the following functions in the flange bolt fastening system 11.
  • the flange bolt fastening system 11 is a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 capable of fastening a pair of flange portions, and a plurality of strain values obtained from the plurality of sensors 18.
  • a computer 22 for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to the bolt 16 and a display device 24 for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values are provided.
  • the computer-readable recording medium has a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths, which are varied in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22, and a computer. 22 realizes a function of loosening the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the most greatly fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction and discriminating the bolt 16 from the bolt 16 being operated. Recorded the program to be made.
  • the computer 22 can accurately determine the bolt 16 that the operator is currently loosening and operating. As a result, accurate logs can be taken on the computer 22, which can be effectively used for subsequent analysis using the system 11 (whether a stepwise loosening operation is possible, etc.).
  • the operator who performs the bolt loosening operation can proceed with the loosening work while confirming the number and position of the bolt 16 actually loosened on the screen of the display device 24.
  • the operator can learn the loosening work of the bolt 16 while confirming on the screen that the bolt 16 to be loosened is correctly loosened.
  • the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 a value indicating the current plurality of tightening strengths of the bolt 16 currently being loosened, the operator displays the current plurality of tightening strengths. You can proceed with the work while checking the indicated values. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
  • the computer 22 acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals. According to this configuration, the working time can be notified to the operator together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the loosening operation. As a result, it is possible to encourage the worker to finish the work in a short time, and it is possible to teach the loosening work of the bolt 16 while improving the work efficiency. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
  • the above embodiment can be implemented by adding various replacements and modifications. Further, it is possible to realize one invention by appropriately combining the above-described embodiments, and it is naturally possible to realize one invention by combining all of the above-described embodiments.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Educational Administration (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Details Of Spanners, Wrenches, And Screw Drivers And Accessories (AREA)
  • Force Measurement Appropriate To Specific Purposes (AREA)

Abstract

In this method for determining a bolt being used in a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts, a computer is used to determine, out of a plurality of values indicating tightening strength, a plurality of values indicating tightening strength that changed in an increasing direction and exceeded a prescribed threshold value, and the computer is used to determine that a bolt corresponding to the value indicating tightening strength that changed the most out of the plurality of values indicating tightening strength that changed in an increasing direction is the bolt being used in a fastening operation.

Description

複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法、プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体、プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置、複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法How to determine the bolt being fastened from multiple bolts, a computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded, a device with a computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded, and a bolt being loosened from multiple bolts. how to
 本発明は、フランジ継手同士を接続する複数のボルトのうち、締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts connecting flange joints to each other.
 工場や住居等において、配管同士の接続にフランジ継手構造を用いる場合が多い。このフランジ継手構造は、一対のフランジ部と、フランジ部同士を固定する固定手段(ボルト等)と、を有する。作業者は、フランジ部同士を突き合せた状態で、固定手段を用いてフランジ部同士を固定することで、配管同士を接続することができる。フランジ部同士の間には、ガスケットが介在される場合も多い。 In factories and residences, flange joint structures are often used to connect pipes. This flange joint structure has a pair of flange portions and fixing means (bolts or the like) for fixing the flange portions to each other. The operator can connect the pipes to each other by fixing the flanges to each other by using a fixing means in a state where the flanges are butted against each other. Gaskets are often interposed between the flanges.
特開2015-217497号公報JP-A-2015-217497
 このようなフランジ継手構造のボルトの締結作業は、通常、作業者の手作業により行われる。そして、ボルトの締結の仕方が悪いと、長期に亘ってシール性能を維持することができず、配管の内容物がフランジ部からリークしてしまう問題がある。そのため、フランジ継手構造の締結作業を行う作業者には、一定以上のスキルが要求される。このため、作業者のスキルアップのためのツールが要望されていた。 The bolt fastening work of such a flange joint structure is usually performed manually by an operator. If the bolts are not fastened properly, the sealing performance cannot be maintained for a long period of time, and there is a problem that the contents of the pipe leak from the flange portion. Therefore, a worker who fastens the flange joint structure is required to have a certain level of skill. Therefore, there has been a demand for a tool for improving the skills of workers.
 従って、本発明の目的は、フランジ部の締結作業を行う作業者のスキル向上のためのフランジ部ボルト締結システムに用いられる方法であって、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is a method used in a flange bolt fastening system for improving the skill of a worker who fastens a flange portion, and a method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts. To provide.
 上記課題は、以下により解決される。すなわち、本発明(1)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムを用いた、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法であって、前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、前記コンピュータにより前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを締結操作中のボルトと判別する。 The above problem is solved by the following. That is, in the method of discriminating the bolt being fastened from the plurality of bolts of the present invention (1), a plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of the plurality of bolts capable of fastening the pair of flange portions, and the plurality of sensors. It is provided with a computer for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained in the above-mentioned method, and a display device for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values. A method of discriminating bolts being fastened from a plurality of bolts using a flange bolt fastening system, in which the number of values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer increases beyond a predetermined threshold. The value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in Determine the bolt as the bolt being fastened.
 本発明(2)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータは、所定の時間間隔毎に前記複数のひずみ値から前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (2) is the method according to (1).
The computer acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals.
 本発明(3)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)又は(2)に記載の方法であって、
 前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
 前記コンピュータにより、最初に締結操作を行った前記ボルトを基準ボルトと認定し、前記複数のボルトのうち前記基準ボルトを含む所定数の前記ボルトが締結操作されたと判別された際に周回数を1として判定し、それ以後、前記基準ボルトの締結操作毎に前記周回数を1ずつ増加させる。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to the present invention (3) is the method according to (1) or (2).
The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
The computer recognizes the bolt to which the fastening operation is first performed as a reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of the bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts have been fastened, the number of laps is 1. After that, the number of laps is increased by 1 for each tightening operation of the reference bolt.
 本発明(4)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(3)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
 前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが対角位置にある場合に対角ペアと認定し、2以上の対角ペアが認定された際に対角締めと判定する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (4) is the method according to any one of (1) to (3).
The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
When the bolt being fastened by the computer and the bolt to be fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, it is recognized as a diagonal pair, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified, diagonal tightening is performed. Is determined.
 本発明(5)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(4)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
 前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが前記複数のボルトの並び方向に沿って隣接している場合に円周ペアと認定し、2以上の円周ペアが認定された際に円周締めと判定する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (5) is the method according to any one of (1) to (4).
The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
When the bolt that is being fastened by the computer and the bolt that was fastened immediately before it are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts, it is recognized as a circumferential pair and two or more circumferential pairs. When is certified, it is judged to be a circumferential tightening.
 本発明(6)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(4)又は(5)に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより、締結操作中のボルトと判別された前記ボルトの締付け強さを示す値が、目標値に向けて段階的に増加している場合に段階締めと判定する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (6) is the method according to (4) or (5).
When the value indicating the tightening strength of the bolt determined to be the bolt during the fastening operation by the computer is gradually increased toward the target value, it is determined to be step tightening.
 本発明(7)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(6)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記複数のボルトの全ての締結操作の完了後、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出し、それらの差が所定範囲を超えた場合にばらつきが大きいと判定する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (7) is the method according to any one of (1) to (6).
After all the fastening operations of the plurality of bolts are completed, the computer extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and the difference between them. Is determined to have a large variation when it exceeds a predetermined range.
 本発明(8)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(7)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値を抽出し、前記最大値が所定範囲を超えた場合に過剰締付有と判定する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (8) is the method according to any one of (1) to (7).
The computer extracts the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and when the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range, it is determined that excessive tightening is present.
 本発明(9)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(8)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最小値を抽出し、前記最小値が所定範囲を下回る場合に締付力不足有と判定する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (9) is the method according to any one of (1) to (8).
The computer extracts the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and when the minimum value is below a predetermined range, it is determined that the tightening force is insufficient.
 本発明(10)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(7)~(9)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 フランジ部ボルト締結システムは、一対のフランジ部と、前記一対のフランジ部同士の間に挟まれて保持されるガスケットと、を有し、
 前記コンピュータは、入力部を有し、
 前記入力部に対する前記ガスケットの種別の入力を受けた前記コンピュータにより、前記所定範囲が設定される。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (10) is the method according to any one of (7) to (9).
The flange bolt fastening system has a pair of flanges and a gasket that is sandwiched and held between the pair of flanges.
The computer has an input unit.
The predetermined range is set by the computer that receives the input of the gasket type to the input unit.
 本発明(11)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(7)~(10)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記所定範囲を外れたことを報知するメッセージを前記表示装置に表示させる。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (11) is the method according to any one of (7) to (10).
The display device is made to display a message notifying that the computer has deviated from the predetermined range.
 本発明(12)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(11)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記締結操作中のボルトの判別結果を前記表示装置に表示させる。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (12) is the method according to any one of (1) to (11).
The computer causes the display device to display the determination result of the bolt during the fastening operation.
 本発明(13)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(12)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトの締結操作の開始から完了までの時間を測定して測定結果を前記表示装置に表示させる。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (13) is the method according to any one of (1) to (12).
The computer measures the time from the start to the completion of the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts, and displays the measurement result on the display device.
 本発明(14)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(13)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより習熟度レベルを前記表示装置に表示する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (14) is the method according to any one of (1) to (13).
The proficiency level is displayed on the display device by the computer.
 本発明(15)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(14)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより作業者の締結操作に対する講評を前記表示装置に表示する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (15) is the method according to any one of (1) to (14).
The computer displays a comment on the worker's fastening operation on the display device.
 本発明(16)の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(1)~(15)のいずれか1項に記載の方法であって、
 ユーザの選択に基づき、前記コンピュータにより前記表示装置の表示機能をオフにし、前記複数のボルトの締結操作の完了後に、締結操作を行ったボルトの判別結果を時系列に沿って前記表示装置に表示する。
The method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (16) is the method according to any one of (1) to (15).
Based on the user's selection, the display function of the display device is turned off by the computer, and after the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts is completed, the determination result of the bolt for which the fastening operation is performed is displayed on the display device in chronological order. do.
 本発明(17)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、
 一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムに、以下の機能を実現させるプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、
 前記コンピュータにより前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを締結操作中のボルトと判別する機能と、を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (17) is recorded is
A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A computer-readable recording medium in which a program for realizing the following functions is recorded in a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating the above and a display device for displaying a plurality of values indicating a tightening strength. And,
Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer, a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
The computer realizes a function of discriminating the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction as the bolt being fastened. Let me.
 本発明(18)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、(17)記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
 前記コンピュータにより、最初に締結操作を行った前記ボルトを基準ボルトと認定し、前記複数のボルトのうち前記基準ボルトを含む所定数の前記ボルトが締結操作されたと判別された際に周回数を1として判定し、それ以後、前記基準ボルトの締結操作毎に前記周回数を1ずつ増加させる機能を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (18) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program of (17) is recorded.
The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
The computer recognizes the bolt to which the fastening operation is first performed as a reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of the bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts have been fastened, the number of laps is 1. After that, the function of increasing the number of laps by 1 for each tightening operation of the reference bolt is realized.
 本発明(19)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、(17)又は(18)に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
 前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが対角位置にある場合に対角ペアと認定し、2以上の対角ペアが認定された際に対角締めと判定する機能を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (19) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to (17) or (18) is recorded.
The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
When the bolt being fastened by the computer and the bolt to be fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, it is recognized as a diagonal pair, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified, diagonal tightening is performed. Realize the function to judge.
 本発明(20)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、(17)~(19)のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
 前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが前記複数のボルトの並び方向に沿って隣接している場合に円周ペアと認定し、2以上の円周ペアが認定された際に円周締めと判定する機能を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (20) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (19) is recorded.
The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
When the bolt that is being fastened by the computer and the bolt that was fastened immediately before it are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts, it is recognized as a circumferential pair and two or more circumferential pairs. Realizes the function of determining the circumference tightening when is certified.
 本発明(21)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、(17)~(20)のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記複数のボルトの全ての締結操作の完了後、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出し、それらの差が所定範囲を超えた場合にばらつきが大きいと判定する機能を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (21) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (20) is recorded.
After all the fastening operations of the plurality of bolts are completed, the computer extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and the difference between them. Realizes a function of determining that the variation is large when the value exceeds a predetermined range.
 本発明(22)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、(17)~(21)のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値を抽出し、前記最大値が所定範囲を超えた場合に過剰締付有と判定する機能を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (22) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (21) is recorded.
A function of extracting the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer and determining that excessive tightening is present when the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range. make it happen.
 本発明(23)のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、(17)~(22)のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最小値を抽出し、前記最小値が所定範囲を下回る場合に締付力不足有と判定する機能を実現させる。
The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the present invention (23) is recorded is a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (22) is recorded.
A function of extracting the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer and determining that the tightening force is insufficient when the minimum value is below a predetermined range. make it happen.
 本発明(24)の装置は、(17)~(23)のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する。 The apparatus of the present invention (24) has a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of (17) to (23) is recorded.
 本発明(25)の複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、
 一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムを用いた、複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、
 前記コンピュータにより前記減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを緩め操作中のボルトと判別する、複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する。
The method of discriminating the bolt being loosened from the plurality of bolts of the present invention (25) is
A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A method of discriminating a bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts by using a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating There,
Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the computer determines a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
From a plurality of bolts that are determined to be bolts being operated by loosening the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the tightening strength that fluctuates most among the values indicating the tightening strength that fluctuates in the decreasing direction by the computer. Determine which bolt is being loosened.
 本発明(26)の複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、(25)に記載の方法であって、
 前記コンピュータは、所定の時間間隔毎に前記複数のひずみ値から前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得する。
The method for discriminating a bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts in the present invention (26) is the method according to (25).
The computer acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals.
 本発明(27)のコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、
 一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムに、以下の機能を実現させるプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
 前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、
 前記コンピュータにより前記減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを緩め操作中のボルトと判別する機能と、を実現させるプログラムを記録した。
The computer-readable recording medium of the present invention (27) is
A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A computer-readable recording medium in which a program for realizing the following functions is recorded in a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating the above and a display device for displaying a plurality of values indicating a tightening strength. And,
Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer, a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
The computer realizes a function of loosening the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction and discriminating the bolt as a bolt being operated. Recorded the program to be made.
 本発明(28)の装置は、(27)に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する。 The apparatus of the present invention (28) has a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to (27) is recorded.
 本発明によれば、フランジ部の締結作業を行う作業者のスキル向上のためのフランジ部ボルト締結システムに用いられる方法であって、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を提供できる。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method used in a flange bolt fastening system for improving the skill of a worker who fastens a flange portion, and provides a method for discriminating a bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts. ..
実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システムを示した模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which showed the flange part bolt fastening system of embodiment. 図1に示すフランジ部ボルト締結システムのボルトおよびセンサを拡大して示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a bolt and a sensor of the flange bolt fastening system shown in FIG. 1. 図1に示すシステムの測定装置で得られた1秒毎のトルク値のログを示す表である。It is a table which shows the log of the torque value every 1 second obtained by the measuring apparatus of the system shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第1実施形態に係る複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating bolts in a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts which concerns on 1st Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図3に示す1秒毎のトルク値のログから一部抜き出したログであって、締結操作中のボルトの判別結果が付されたログを示す表である。It is a log which is partially extracted from the log of the torque value every 1 second shown in FIG. 3, and is the table which shows the log which attached the discrimination result of the bolt during the fastening operation. 図1に示すシステムの表示装置に示された複数のボルトのイメージ(アイコン)を含む表示画面であって、第1ボルトを締結操作中と判別した結果が示された表示画像の例である。This is an example of a display image including images (icons) of a plurality of bolts shown on the display device of the system shown in FIG. 1 and showing the result of determining that the first bolt is being fastened. 図1に示すシステムの表示装置に示された複数のボルトのイメージ(アイコン)を含む表示画面であって、第5ボルトを締結操作中と判別した結果が示された表示画像の例である。This is an example of a display image including images (icons) of a plurality of bolts shown on the display device of the system shown in FIG. 1 and showing the result of determining that the fifth bolt is being fastened. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第2実施形態に係る複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating the bolt which is the fastening operation from the plurality of bolts which concerns on 2nd Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図8に示す円周締め判定のサブルーチンを示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the subroutine of the circumference tightening determination shown in FIG. 図8に示す複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法によって、対角締めと判定される具体例と対角締めと判定されない具体例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the specific example which is determined to be diagonally tightened, and the specific example which is not determined to be diagonally tightened by the method of discriminating the bolt being fastened from the plurality of bolts shown in FIG. 図9に示す円周締め判定のサブルーチンによって、円周締めと判定される具体例と円周締めと判定されない具体例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the specific example which is determined to be the circumferential tightening, and the specific example which is not determined to be the circumferential tightening by the subroutine of the circumferential tightening determination shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第3実施形態に係る複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating bolts in a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts which concerns on 3rd Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第4実施形態に係る複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating the bolt which is the fastening operation from the plurality of bolts which concerns on 4th Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第5実施形態に係る複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating the bolt which is the fastening operation from the plurality of bolts which concerns on 5th Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第6実施形態に係る複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating the bolt which is the fastening operation from the plurality of bolts which concerns on 6th Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第7実施形態に係る複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法において、ボルトの緩め操作時に見られる弾性相互作用を示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows the elastic interaction which is seen at the time of the bolt loosening operation in the method of discriminating the bolt under loosening operation from the plurality of bolts which concerns on 7th Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG. 図1に示すシステムに用いられる第7実施形態に係る複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the method of discriminating the bolt which is loosening operation from the plurality of bolts which concerns on 7th Embodiment used in the system shown in FIG.
 以下に図面を参照しつつ、フランジ部ボルト締結システムに用いられる、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法およびそれを用いた各種応用方法の詳細について説明する。システムは、フランジ部構造の締結作業を行う作業者のスキル向上や、作業者の現在のスキル(習熟度)の判定等に寄与するものである。 The details of the method of discriminating the bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts used in the flange bolt fastening system and various application methods using the bolts will be described below with reference to the drawings. The system contributes to the improvement of the skill of the worker who fastens the flange structure and the determination of the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
 [第1実施形態]
 図1~図7を参照して、実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法およびそれを用いた第1応用方法について説明する。
[First Embodiment]
With reference to FIGS. 1 to 7, a method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the embodiment and a plurality of bolts using the same, and a first application method using the same will be described.
 システム11は、第1管12と、第1管12と突き合わされた第2管13と、第1管12に設けられた第1フランジ部14と、第2管13に設けられた第2フランジ部15と、第1フランジ部14と第2フランジ部15との間に介在されたシール部材19と、第1フランジ部14と第2フランジ部15とを連結する複数のボルト16および複数のナット17と、複数のボルト16の軸方向のひずみ値を検出する複数のセンサ18と、複数のセンサ18に接続されセンサ18で測定された情報(ひずみ値等)を記録する測定装置21(データロガー)と、測定装置21に接続され測定装置21からの情報(ひずみ値等)を取得するコンピュータ22と、コンピュータ22に接続された表示装置24(ディスプレイ)と、コンピュータ22で取得された情報を整理して保存するサーバ23と、を備える。第1管12および第2管13は、工場内や家庭内に設置される配管を模している。第1管12および第2管13は、支持台25上に載置されている。 The system 11 includes a first pipe 12, a second pipe 13 abutted against the first pipe 12, a first flange portion 14 provided on the first pipe 12, and a second flange provided on the second pipe 13. A plurality of bolts 16 and a plurality of nuts connecting the portion 15, the sealing member 19 interposed between the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15, and the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15. 17 and a plurality of sensors 18 for detecting axial strain values of a plurality of bolts 16, and a measuring device 21 (data logger) connected to the plurality of sensors 18 and recording information (strain values, etc.) measured by the sensors 18. ), The computer 22 connected to the measuring device 21 and acquiring information (strain value, etc.) from the measuring device 21, the display device 24 (display) connected to the computer 22, and the information acquired by the computer 22 are organized. It is provided with a server 23 for storing the data. The first pipe 12 and the second pipe 13 imitate the pipes installed in a factory or a home. The first pipe 12 and the second pipe 13 are placed on the support base 25.
 複数のボルト16は、第1フランジ部14および第2フランジ部15を貫通するとともにこれらを突き合わせるように連結できる。本実施形態において、ボルト16の本数は、8本である。すなわち、本実施形態において、複数のボルト16には、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hが含まれている。なお、システム11に含まれるボルト16の本数は任意である。第1フランジ部14および第2フランジ部15の直径等に応じて、ボルト16の本数は、4、6、10、12、14・・・等、適宜に変更できる。 The plurality of bolts 16 can be connected so as to penetrate the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 and abut each other. In this embodiment, the number of bolts 16 is eight. That is, in the present embodiment, the plurality of bolts 16 include the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of bolts 16 included in the system 11 is arbitrary. The number of bolts 16 can be appropriately changed to 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, ..., Etc., depending on the diameters of the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 and the like.
 シール部材19は、ガスケットで構成されている。シール部材19を構成するガスケットは、例えば、金属ガスケットで構成されている。 The seal member 19 is composed of a gasket. The gasket constituting the seal member 19 is made of, for example, a metal gasket.
 複数のセンサ18のそれぞれは、ボルト締結時におけるボルト16の軸方向のひずみを検出可能なひずみゲージで構成されている。ひずみゲージは、商業的に入手することができる。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、例えば、ボルト16の中心に形成された孔に対して、接着剤等を用いて接着されている。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16に働く軸方向のひずみ値を測定できる。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16の軸の外周面に接着されてもよい。 Each of the plurality of sensors 18 is composed of a strain gauge capable of detecting the axial strain of the bolt 16 when the bolt is fastened. Strain gauges are commercially available. The sensor 18 (strain gauge) is adhered to, for example, a hole formed in the center of the bolt 16 by using an adhesive or the like. The sensor 18 (strain gauge) can measure the strain value in the axial direction acting on the bolt 16. The sensor 18 (strain gauge) may be adhered to the outer peripheral surface of the shaft of the bolt 16.
 測定装置21は、ひずみゲージとともに商業的に入手可能な一般的なデータロガーで構成されている。測定装置21は、例えば、所定時間毎にひずみゲージから、ボルト16の現在のひずみ値を取得することができる。測定装置21は、コンピュータ22にひずみ値のデータを送る。コンピュータ22は、ひずみ値から公知の方法で計算することで求められる、ボルト16に働く軸力値およびトルク値を直ちに算出するとともに内蔵するメモリに記憶できる。 The measuring device 21 is composed of a strain gauge and a commercially available general data logger. The measuring device 21 can acquire the current strain value of the bolt 16 from the strain gauge at predetermined time intervals, for example. The measuring device 21 sends strain value data to the computer 22. The computer 22 can immediately calculate the axial force value and the torque value acting on the bolt 16 and store them in the built-in memory, which are obtained by calculating from the strain value by a known method.
 或いは、軸力値およびトルク値を測定装置21内で算出してもよい。その場合、測定装置21は、ひずみ値から公知の方法で計算することで求められる軸力値およびトルク値を直ちに算出するとともに内蔵するメモリに記憶することができる。 Alternatively, the axial force value and the torque value may be calculated in the measuring device 21. In that case, the measuring device 21 can immediately calculate the axial force value and the torque value obtained by calculating from the strain value by a known method and can store them in the built-in memory.
 測定装置21がひずみゲージからひずみ値等をログとして取得するタイミングは、任意であり、適宜に決定できる。測定装置21は、例えば、1~10秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよいし、好ましくは1~5秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよいし、さらに好ましくは1~3秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよいし、最も好ましくは0.5~1.5秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよい。 The timing at which the measuring device 21 acquires the strain value or the like as a log from the strain gauge is arbitrary and can be appropriately determined. The measuring device 21 may acquire the strain value from the strain gauge every 1 to 10 seconds, preferably every 1 to 5 seconds, and more preferably every 1 to 5 seconds. The strain value may be obtained from the strain gauge every 1 to 3 seconds, and most preferably the strain value may be obtained from the strain gauge every 0.5 to 1.5 seconds.
 測定装置21は、例えば、0.8~1.5秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよいし、好ましくは0.5~1.0秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよいし、さらに好ましくは0.1~0.3秒毎にひずみゲージからひずみ値を取得してもよい。 The measuring device 21 may acquire the strain value from the strain gauge every 0.8 to 1.5 seconds, preferably every 0.5 to 1.0 second. Alternatively, the strain value may be obtained from the strain gauge every 0.1 to 0.3 seconds.
 コンピュータ22は、一般的なPC(パーソナルコンピュータ)で構成されている。コンピュータ22は、コンピュータ22の本体に対して入力を行う入力部41を有する。本実施形態において、入力部41は、例えばキーボードおよびマウスで構成される。コンピュータ22に内蔵されるハードディスクドライブ31には、専用のソフトウェアがインストールされている。当該ソフトウェアのプログラムは、図4で示すフローチャートで示されるアルゴリズムに基づいている。当該ソフトウェアは、後述するように、図4で示すフローチャートに基づいて、現在締結操作中のボルト16を他のボルト16から判別できる。また、当該ソフトウェアは、教習を受けている作業者の作業経過に基づいて、作業者の習熟度レベルの評価を行って表示装置24に表示することができる。さらに、該ソフトウェアは、教習を受けている作業者の作業経過に基づいて、適切な講評を表示装置24に表示できる。また、コンピュータ22は、AIを実装したコンピュータ(ワークステーション)で構成されてもよい。この場合、コンピュータ22は、過去の作業経過およびそれに紐づいた講評を蓄積したデータ(教師データ)に基づいて、今回の作業経過を踏まえて、過去の講評の中から適切な講評をAI(ニューラルネットワーク)に基づいて表示装置24に表示してもよい。システム11は、上記のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置の一例である。 The computer 22 is composed of a general PC (personal computer). The computer 22 has an input unit 41 for inputting to the main body of the computer 22. In the present embodiment, the input unit 41 is composed of, for example, a keyboard and a mouse. Dedicated software is installed in the hard disk drive 31 built in the computer 22. The software program is based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. As will be described later, the software can discriminate the bolt 16 currently being fastened from the other bolts 16 based on the flowchart shown in FIG. Further, the software can evaluate the proficiency level of the worker based on the work progress of the worker who has received the training and display it on the display device 24. Further, the software can display an appropriate comment on the display device 24 based on the work progress of the trained worker. Further, the computer 22 may be composed of a computer (workstation) on which AI is mounted. In this case, the computer 22 makes an appropriate comment from the past comments based on the data (teacher data) accumulating the past work progress and the comments associated with the past work progress, and AI (neural). It may be displayed on the display device 24 based on the network). The system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
 ハードディスクドライブ31は、当該ソフトウェアのプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体の一例である。当該ソフトウェアのプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、ハードディスクドライブ31以外であってもよく、例えば、光ディスクや、ROM、RAM、フラッシュメモリ、SSD等の不揮発性メモリであってもよい。 The hard disk drive 31 is an example of a computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the software is recorded. The computer-readable recording medium on which the program of the software is recorded may be other than the hard disk drive 31, and may be, for example, an optical disk or a non-volatile memory such as a ROM, RAM, flash memory, or SSD.
 専用のソフトウェアは、システム11の専用画面を表示装置24に表示するとともに、各種の計算等を行うことができる。当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21に記憶されている複数のボルト16に対応する複数の情報(ひずみ値のログ)を、ほとんどタイムラグなく測定装置21から取得する。当該ソフトウェアは、これら複数のひずみ値のログから公知の計算式によって、ボルト16で働く軸力値(応力値)のログやトルク値のログを算出することができる。これら軸力値およびトルク値は、ボルトに対応する締付け強さを示す値の一例である。なお、トルク値と軸力値の関係(トルク係数)は、通常ボルト毎に異なることが多い。フランジ部ボルト締結システム11では、各ボルト16のトルク係数がほぼ同じであるため、トルク値および軸力値のいずれについても、締付け強さを示す値の例として活用できる。 The dedicated software can display the dedicated screen of the system 11 on the display device 24 and perform various calculations and the like. The software acquires a plurality of information (strain value logs) corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 stored in the measuring device 21 from the measuring device 21 with almost no time lag. The software can calculate the log of the axial force value (stress value) working on the bolt 16 and the log of the torque value by a known calculation formula from the logs of these plurality of strain values. These axial force values and torque values are examples of values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt. The relationship between the torque value and the axial force value (torque coefficient) is usually different for each bolt. In the flange bolt fastening system 11, since the torque coefficients of each bolt 16 are substantially the same, both the torque value and the axial force value can be used as examples of values indicating the tightening strength.
 当該ソフトウェアは、これらのひずみ値のログ、軸力値のログ、およびトルク値のログを、必要に応じて適宜に専用画面内に表示できる。当該ソフトウェアは、上記した各種ログをサーバ23に送信して、サーバ23上に整理された状態で保存することができる。当該ソフトウェアは、ボルト16の締結操作の開始から完了までの時間を計測して表示装置24に表示するタイマーの機能を有する。 The software can display these strain value logs, axial force value logs, and torque value logs on a dedicated screen as needed. The software can transmit the above-mentioned various logs to the server 23 and store them in an organized state on the server 23. The software has a timer function of measuring the time from the start to the completion of the bolt 16 fastening operation and displaying it on the display device 24.
 測定装置21がひずみ値とともにそれから求められる軸力値およびトルク値を記憶している場合には、コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21に記憶されている複数のボルト16に対応する複数の情報(ひずみ値のログ、軸力値のログ、トルク値のログ)を、ほとんどタイムラグなく測定装置21から取得できる。当該ソフトウェアは、これらのひずみ値のログ、軸力値のログ、およびトルク値のログを、必要に応じて適宜に専用画面内に表示できる。当該ソフトウェアは、上記した各種ログをサーバ23に送信して、サーバ23上に整理された状態で保存することができる。 When the measuring device 21 stores the strain value as well as the axial force value and the torque value obtained from it, the software of the computer 22 has a plurality of information corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 stored in the measuring device 21. (Strain value log, axial force value log, torque value log) can be acquired from the measuring device 21 with almost no time lag. The software can display these strain value logs, axial force value logs, and torque value logs as appropriate in a dedicated screen. The software can transmit the above-mentioned various logs to the server 23 and store them in an organized state on the server 23.
 続いて、図3~図7を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第1応用方法、およびそれらを実行するプログラム(ソフトウェア)について説明する。 Subsequently, with reference to FIGS. 3 to 7, a method for discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment, a first application method thereof, and a program for executing them. (Software) will be described.
 ボルト締結の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11およびコンピュータ22(ソフトウェア)を起動する。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。図3に、1~3秒毎に測定されたひずみ値のログに対応するトルク値のログ(ボルト16毎のトルク値のログ)の例を示す。単位は、Nmである。図3では、下欄に行くにつれて1~3秒ずつ時間が経過している。図3の表では、小数点2位以下を四捨五入した形で表記している。コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、このようなトルク値のログとともに、1~3秒毎に測定されたひずみ値のログに対応するように計算された軸力値のログを作成することもできる。 Prior to the training for bolt fastening workers, start the system 11 and computer 22 (software). The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value. FIG. 3 shows an example of a torque value log (torque value log for each bolt 16) corresponding to a strain value log measured every 1 to 3 seconds. The unit is Nm. In FIG. 3, the time elapses by 1 to 3 seconds as it goes to the lower column. In the table of FIG. 3, it is expressed in the form of rounding off to the second decimal place. The computer 22 (the software) can also create a log of the axial force value calculated to correspond to the log of the strain value measured every 1 to 3 seconds together with the log of the torque value.
 一方、ひずみ値のログに基づき測定装置21において軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出している場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ひずみ値のログとともに軸力値のログおよびトルク値のログを取得することができる。 On the other hand, when the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log, the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
 コンピュータ22は、図4のステップS11に示すように、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、図3に示すログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 As shown in step S11 of FIG. 4, the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the log shown in FIG. 3, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 なお、この閾値の大きさは任意である。閾値が上記範囲よりも小さいと、締結操作中のボルト16の候補をうまく選別することができなくなる。閾値が上記範囲よりも大きくなると、実際に締結操作を行っているボルト16を検出できないことにつながる。 The size of this threshold is arbitrary. If the threshold value is smaller than the above range, the candidates for the bolt 16 during the fastening operation cannot be selected well. If the threshold value becomes larger than the above range, it leads to the failure to detect the bolt 16 that is actually performing the fastening operation.
 ステップS11で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別する(ステップS12)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S11, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value that fluctuates most among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 (step S12). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
 図5に、実際にコンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)が締結中のボルト16を判別した結果が付されたトルク値のログを示す。単位は、Nmである。図5で示されたログは、図3で示されるログのうちの一部であり、実際に締結操作中のボルト16が判別された際のログを図3のログから抽出したものである。判別結果は、〇印として、各ログのトルク値とともに示されている。図5から、作業者による実際のボルト16の締結作業とともに、現在締結作業が行われていると判別されるボルト16が順次入れ替わることが理解される。図5では、下欄に行くにつれて時間が経過している。 FIG. 5 shows a log of the torque value to which the result of actually determining the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 (the software concerned) is attached. The unit is Nm. The log shown in FIG. 5 is a part of the log shown in FIG. 3, and the log when the bolt 16 actually being fastened is determined is extracted from the log of FIG. The discrimination result is shown as a circle together with the torque value of each log. From FIG. 5, it is understood that the bolts 16 determined to be currently being fastened are sequentially replaced together with the actual bolt 16 fastening work by the operator. In FIG. 5, time elapses as it goes to the lower column.
 さらにコンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、この判別結果を表示装置24に表示する(ステップS12)。判別結果を表示装置24に表示するイメージを図6、図7に示す。表示装置24には、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのイメージ(アイコン)が示されている。第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのイメージ(アイコン)は、実際の第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hの位置に対応して表示装置24上に表示される。 Further, the computer 22 (the software) displays this determination result on the display device 24 (step S12). 6 and 7 show an image of displaying the discrimination result on the display device 24. The display device 24 shows images (icons) of the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The images (icons) of the 1st to 8th bolts 16A to 16H are displayed on the display device 24 corresponding to the actual positions of the 1st to 8th bolts 16A to 16H.
 コンピュータ22は、ステップS11、S12に従い、現在第1ボルト16Aの締結作業を行っていると判別した場合には、第1ボルト16Aのイメージ(アイコン)を四角の太枠によって囲んで強調する(図6参照)。次に、第5ボルト16Eの締結作業を行っていると判別した場合には、第5ボルト16Eのイメージ(アイコン)を四角の太枠によって囲んで強調する(図7参照)。コンピュータ22は、例えば、現在のボルト16の締付け強さを示す値であるトルク値又は軸力値を、表示装置24の第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのイメージ(アイコン)内又はその近傍に表示することができる(ステップS12)。トルク値又は軸力値の大きさは、図6、図7に示すように、イメージ中のバーの色や柄で表現してもよいし、数値等で直接的に表してもよい。 When the computer 22 determines that the first bolt 16A is currently being fastened according to steps S11 and S12, the computer 22 surrounds the image (icon) of the first bolt 16A with a thick square frame and emphasizes it (Fig.). 6). Next, when it is determined that the fifth bolt 16E is being fastened, the image (icon) of the fifth bolt 16E is surrounded by a thick square frame and emphasized (see FIG. 7). The computer 22 displays, for example, a torque value or an axial force value, which is a value indicating the current tightening strength of the bolt 16, in or near the image (icon) of the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H of the display device 24. It can be displayed (step S12). As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the magnitude of the torque value or the axial force value may be expressed by the color or pattern of the bar in the image, or may be directly expressed by a numerical value or the like.
 その結果、教習を受けている作業者は、現在操作中のボルト16のトルク値又は軸力値を確認しながら、ボルト16の締結を実行することができる。作業者は、締結操作しているボルト16の番号等を表示装置24上で確認しながら、締結作業を進めることができる。 As a result, the trained worker can fasten the bolt 16 while checking the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 currently being operated. The operator can proceed with the fastening work while confirming the number and the like of the bolt 16 being fastened on the display device 24.
 本実施形態において、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、この締結操作中のボルト16の判別に加えて、さらに、ボルト締めの周回数を判定することができる。コンピュータ22は、作業者が最初に締結操作を行ったボルト16を基準ボルトと認定する。コンピュータ22は、複数のボルト16のうち基準ボルトを含む所定数のボルトが締結操作されたと判別された際に、周回数を1として判定する(ステップS13)。その際、所定数は、1以上で適宜な数を設定することができ、例えば、2~6、好ましくは3~5の数である。 In the present embodiment, the computer 22 (software) can determine the number of bolt tightening laps in addition to the determination of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. The computer 22 certifies the bolt 16 to which the operator first fastens as a reference bolt. When it is determined that a predetermined number of bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts 16 have been fastened, the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1 (step S13). At that time, the predetermined number may be 1 or more, and an appropriate number can be set, for example, 2 to 6, preferably 3 to 5.
 所定数として4を設定したとして以下に説明する。作業者が最初に第1ボルト16Aを締結操作し、次に第2ボルト16Bを締結操作し、次に第3ボルト16Cを締結操作し、次に第4ボルト16Dを締結操作し、次に第5ボルト16Eを締結操作したとする。その際、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数を1として判定する。なお、第2~第5ボルト16B、16Eの締結操作の順番は問わないものとし、並び順以外の順番で締結操作を行った場合でも、4個のボルト16を締結操作すれば周回数を1と判定する。 It will be explained below assuming that 4 is set as a predetermined number. The operator first fastens the first bolt 16A, then fastens the second bolt 16B, then fastens the third bolt 16C, then fastens the fourth bolt 16D, and then the second bolt. It is assumed that the 5-bolt 16E is fastened. At that time, the computer 22 (the software) determines that the number of laps is 1. The order of fastening operations of the 2nd to 5th bolts 16B and 16E does not matter, and even if the fastening operations are performed in an order other than the order of arrangement, if the four bolts 16 are fastened, the number of laps is 1. Is determined.
 作業者がこれに続いて第6ボルト16F、第7ボルト16G、第8ボルト16Hを締結操作した場合も、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数1を維持する。次に、作業者が再び基準ボルトである第1ボルト16Aを締結操作した場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数を1加算して2とする(ステップS14)。作業者が基準ボルト以外のボルト16を操作した場合には、この周回数2を維持する。以後、作業者が基準ボルトである第1ボルト16Aに対して締結操作を行った場合に、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数を1ずつ増加させる。コンピュータ22は、周回数をボルト16の締結操作中およびボルト16の締結操作の完了後のいずれのタイミングでも表示装置24に表示する(ステップS15)。 The computer 22 (the software) maintains 1 lap even when the operator subsequently fastens the 6th bolt 16F, the 7th bolt 16G, and the 8th bolt 16H. Next, when the operator fastens the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, again, the computer 22 (the software) adds 1 to 2 laps (step S14). When the operator operates the bolt 16 other than the reference bolt, the number of laps 2 is maintained. After that, when the operator performs the fastening operation to the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, the computer 22 (the software) increases the number of laps by one. The computer 22 displays the number of laps on the display device 24 at any timing during the fastening operation of the bolt 16 and after the completion of the fastening operation of the bolt 16 (step S15).
 作業者は、ボルト16のトルク値又は軸力値が適正値の範囲に入ったことを確認して、当該ボルト16の締付けを完了できる。完了後、作業者は、表示装置24の表示画面において、締付け完了後の各ボルト16のトルク値又は軸力値とともに、周回数を確認することができる。所定数として4以外の数が設定される場合でも、上記と同様に周回数が判定され、表示装置24に周回数が表示される。また、コンピュータ22は、周回数および締結操作時間に応じて、作業者の習熟度レベルおよび講評を判定する。コンピュータ22は、例えば、周回数2以上となった場合に、作業者が高い習熟度レベルにあることを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS16)。一方、周回数が1である場合等には、作業者が低い習熟度レベルにあることを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS16)。締結操作時間は、短い方が高評価となる。コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、締結操作時間が標準的な作業時間をオーバーしていた場合に、習熟度レベルを低く表示するとともに、以下のような講評(メッセージ)を表示装置24に表示することができる。
「慎重な施工は好ましいですが、もっと手順に慣れると作業の効率化が期待されます。」
 以上で、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第1応用方法を完了する。
The operator can confirm that the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 is within the range of the appropriate value, and can complete the tightening of the bolt 16. After the completion, the operator can confirm the number of laps together with the torque value or the axial force value of each bolt 16 after the tightening is completed on the display screen of the display device 24. Even when a number other than 4 is set as the predetermined number, the number of laps is determined in the same manner as described above, and the number of laps is displayed on the display device 24. Further, the computer 22 determines the proficiency level and the comment of the worker according to the number of laps and the fastening operation time. For example, when the number of laps is 2 or more, the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 that the worker is at a high proficiency level (step S16). On the other hand, when the number of laps is 1, the display device 24 indicates that the worker is at a low proficiency level (step S16). The shorter the fastening operation time, the higher the evaluation. When the fastening operation time exceeds the standard working time, the computer 22 (the software) displays the proficiency level low and displays the following comment (message) on the display device 24. Can be done.
"Careful construction is preferable, but more familiarity with the procedure is expected to improve work efficiency."
This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the first application method thereof.
 また、本実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびそれに用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法は、教習を受けている作業者の認定試験に活用することができる。すなわち、締結中のボルト16の判別結果およびその際のトルク値又は軸力値のログ等を用いた様々な判定基準を用いて、作業者の技術レベルを判断することができる。これによって、ボルト16の締結作業をこれから習熟しようとする作業者の技術レベルを把握できるとともに、作業者の技術レベルの向上に寄与できる。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第1応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその第1応用方法を実現してもよい。 Further, the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the present embodiment and the plurality of bolts 16 used thereof can be utilized for the certification test of the trained worker. That is, the technical level of the operator can be determined by using various determination criteria using the determination result of the bolt 16 being fastened and the log of the torque value or the axial force value at that time. As a result, it is possible to grasp the technical level of the worker who is going to master the tightening work of the bolt 16 and to contribute to the improvement of the technical level of the worker. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a first application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a first application method thereof may be realized.
 本実施形態によれば、以下のことがいえる。複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法は、フランジ部ボルト締結システム11を用いた。フランジ部ボルト締結システム11は、複数のボルト16のひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサ18と、複数のセンサ18で得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータ22と、複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置24と、を備える。複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により前記複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別し、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別する。 According to this embodiment, the following can be said. A flange bolt fastening system 11 was used as a method for discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16. The flange bolt fastening system 11 has a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring the strain values of the plurality of bolts 16, and a plurality of tightening corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors 18. A computer 22 for acquiring a value indicating the strength and a display device 24 for displaying a plurality of tightening strength values are provided. In the method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation from the plurality of bolts 16, the computer 22 discriminates the plurality of torque values that have changed in the direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values, and the computer 22. Of the plurality of torque values fluctuating in the increasing direction, the bolt 16 corresponding to the most fluctuating torque value is determined to be the bolt 16 being fastened.
 プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、フランジ部ボルト締結システムに、以下の機能を実現させる。フランジ部ボルト締結システムは、一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備える。プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、前記コンピュータにより前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを締結操作中のボルトと判別する機能と、を実現させる。 The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded realizes the following functions in the flange bolt fastening system. The flange bolt fastening system is obtained from a plurality of sensors that measure the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flange portions, and a plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors, to the plurality of bolts. A computer for acquiring a plurality of corresponding tightening strength values and a display device for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values are provided. The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer, the values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that vary in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. A function and a function of discriminating the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer as the bolt being fastened. , Is realized.
 これらの構成によれば、コンピュータ22は、作業者が現在締結しているボルト16を正確に判別することができる。これによって、コンピュータ22上に正確なログをとることができ、システム11を用いたその後の解析(段階的な締付けができているか、締めすぎはないか、等)に有効に活用できる。 According to these configurations, the computer 22 can accurately determine the bolt 16 currently fastened by the operator. As a result, accurate logs can be taken on the computer 22, which can be effectively used for subsequent analysis using the system 11 (whether stepwise tightening is possible, whether overtightening, etc.).
 また、上記構成によれば、ボルト締結を行う作業者は、実際に締めているボルト16の番号、位置を表示装置24の画面上で確認しながら、締結作業を進めることができる。その結果、作業者は、締結対象のボルト16が正しく締められていることを画面上で確認しつつ、ボルトの締結作業を教習できる。コンピュータ22が現在締結操作を行っているボルト16の現在の複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示装置24に表示するようにしている場合には、作業者は、現在の複数の締付け強さを示す値を確認しながら作業を進めることができる。これによって、適正な締付け量を実際の作業を行いながら教習を進めることができる。また、作業者の現在のスキル(習熟度)の判定にも用いることができる。 Further, according to the above configuration, the operator who fastens the bolts can proceed with the fastening work while confirming the number and position of the bolt 16 actually tightened on the screen of the display device 24. As a result, the operator can learn the bolt tightening work while confirming on the screen that the bolt 16 to be fastened is correctly tightened. When the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 a value indicating the current plurality of tightening strengths of the bolt 16 currently being fastened, the operator displays the current plurality of tightening strengths. You can proceed with the work while checking the indicated values. As a result, it is possible to proceed with the training while performing the actual work with an appropriate tightening amount. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
 コンピュータ22は、所定の時間間隔毎に前記複数のひずみ値から前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得する。そして、取得した複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の複数のトルク値を判別する。この構成によれば、操作中のボルト16の検出漏れを防止しつつ、データ量が膨大にならないように情報をある程度間引くように複数のトルク値を取得できる。これによって、締結操作中のボルト16を精度よく判別することができる。 The computer 22 acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals. Then, among the plurality of acquired torque values, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value are discriminated. According to this configuration, it is possible to acquire a plurality of torque values so as to thin out information to some extent so that the amount of data does not become enormous while preventing the detection omission of the bolt 16 during operation. This makes it possible to accurately determine the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
 フランジ部ボルト締結システム11は、環状で離散的に並んだ複数のボルト16のひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサ18と、複数のセンサ18で得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ複数のボルト16に対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータ22と、複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置24と、を備える。当該フランジ部ボルト締結システム11を用いた、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、コンピュータ22により、最初に締結操作を行ったボルト16を基準ボルトと認定し、複数のボルト16のうち前記基準ボルトを含む所定数のボルト16が締結操作されたと判別された際に周回数を1として判定し、それ以後、前記基準ボルトの締結操作毎に前記周回数を1ずつ増加させる。 The flange bolt fastening system 11 has a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 arranged discretely in an annular shape, and a plurality of bolts obtained from a plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors 18. A computer 22 for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to 16 and a display device 24 for displaying a plurality of tightening strength values are provided. The method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts 16 using the flange portion bolt fastening system 11 increases beyond a predetermined threshold value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22. A value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in a direction is determined, and the computer 22 corresponds to a value indicating the largest fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in an increasing direction. The bolt 16 is determined to be the bolt 16 being fastened, and the computer 22 recognizes the bolt 16 that has been fastened first as the reference bolt, and among the plurality of bolts 16, a predetermined number of bolts 16 including the reference bolt are used. When it is determined that the fastening operation has been performed, the number of laps is determined as 1, and thereafter, the number of laps is increased by 1 for each fastening operation of the reference bolt.
 プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、環状で離散的に並んだ複数のボルト16のひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサ18と、複数のセンサ18で得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ複数のボルト16に対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータ22と、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置24と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システム11に、以下の機能を実現させる。プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により、最初に締結操作を行ったボルト16を基準ボルトと認定し、複数のボルト16のうち前記基準ボルトを含む所定数のボルト16が締結操作されたと判別された際に周回数を1として判定し、それ以後、前記基準ボルトの締結操作毎に前記周回数を1ずつ増加させる、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する機能と、を実現させる。 The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded is obtained from a plurality of sensors 18 that measure the strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 arranged discretely in an annular shape, and a plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors 18. A flange bolt fastening system 11 comprising a computer 22 that acquires a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 and a display device 24 that displays a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths. The following functions are realized. The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value by the computer 22. The function and the function of discriminating the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer 22 as the bolt 16 being fastened. The computer 22 recognizes the bolt 16 to which the fastening operation is first performed as the reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of bolts 16 including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts 16 have been fastened, the number of laps is determined. Is determined as 1, and thereafter, the function of discriminating the bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts, which increases the number of laps by 1 for each fastening operation of the reference bolt, is realized.
 これらの構成によれば、作業者は、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともにボルト締結の周回数を把握することができる。これによって、ボルト16の締結作業が適切にできているかを正確に把握できるとともに、ボルト16の締結作業の経過を把握することで作業者が締結作業の教習を受けることができる。 According to these configurations, the operator can grasp the number of laps of bolt fastening together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. As a result, it is possible to accurately grasp whether the fastening work of the bolt 16 is properly performed, and it is possible for the worker to receive training in the fastening work by grasping the progress of the fastening work of the bolt 16.
 この場合、コンピュータ22により前記締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果を表示装置24に表示させる。 In this case, the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation.
 この構成によれば、作業者に向けて、締結操作中のボルト16の情報を表示装置24を介して報知することができる。これにより、作業者は、表示装置24上で現在締結操作中のボルト16の情報を確認しながら、ボルト16の締結作業を進めることができる。これによって、より精度の高いボルト16の締結作業を可能にするとともに、作業者に対してより高精度な締結作業の教習を行うことができる。また、作業者の現在のスキル(習熟度)の判定にも用いることができる。 According to this configuration, the information of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation can be notified to the operator via the display device 24. As a result, the operator can proceed with the bolt 16 fastening work while checking the information of the bolt 16 currently being fastened on the display device 24. As a result, it is possible to perform the fastening work of the bolt 16 with higher accuracy, and it is possible to teach the operator the tightening work with higher accuracy. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
 この場合、コンピュータ22により複数のボルト16の締結操作の開始から完了までの時間を測定して測定結果を表示装置24に表示させる。この構成によれば、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに、作業時間を作業者に報知することができる。これによって、短時間で作業を終えるようにすることを作業者に促すことができ、作業効率の向上をしつつボルト16の締結作業の教習を行うことができる。また、作業者の現在のスキル(習熟度)の判定にも用いることができる。 In this case, the computer 22 measures the time from the start to the completion of the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts 16 and displays the measurement result on the display device 24. According to this configuration, the working time can be notified to the operator together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. As a result, it is possible to encourage the worker to finish the work in a short time, and it is possible to teach the bolt 16 fastening work while improving the work efficiency. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
 この場合、コンピュータ22により複数のボルト16に対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示装置24に表示させる。この構成によれば、教習を受けている作業者は、現在の締付け強さを示す値を表示装置24の画面上で確認しながら、ボルト16の締結作業を行うことができる。これによって、実際の手で締付を行っている力量と、締付け強さを示す値の数値と、を作業中に照らし合わせることができ、高精度かつ効率的なボルト締結作業の教習を受けることができる。 In this case, the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16. According to this configuration, the trained worker can fasten the bolt 16 while checking the value indicating the current tightening strength on the screen of the display device 24. As a result, it is possible to compare the amount of force that is actually tightened by hand with the numerical value that indicates the tightening strength during work, and to receive training on highly accurate and efficient bolt tightening work. Can be done.
 この場合、コンピュータ22により習熟度レベルを表示装置24に表示する。この構成によれば、教習を受けている作業者に対して、技能向上に向けたモチベーションを喚起することができる。これによって、教習を受けている作業者に、技能取得のためのさらなるトレーニングを促すことができる。 In this case, the proficiency level is displayed on the display device 24 by the computer 22. According to this configuration, it is possible to motivate the trained workers to improve their skills. This can encourage trained workers to further train to acquire skills.
 この場合、コンピュータ22により作業者の締結操作に対する講評を表示装置24に表示する。この構成によれば、教習を受けている作業者に対して、適切に改善すべき点を指摘することができる。これによって、より効率的に作業者に技能を取得させることができる。 In this case, the computer 22 displays the comment on the worker's fastening operation on the display device 24. According to this configuration, it is possible to point out points to be appropriately improved to the workers who are undergoing training. As a result, the worker can acquire the skill more efficiently.
 以下の実施形態では、主として上記第1実施形態と異なる部分を説明し、第1実施形態と共通する部分については、図示および説明を省略する。 In the following embodiments, the parts different from the first embodiment will be mainly described, and the illustration and description of the parts common to the first embodiment will be omitted.
 [第2実施形態]
 図8~図11を参照して、第2実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびそれを用いた第2応用方法について説明する。本実施形態では、コンピュータ22は、上記第1実施形態で説明した事項に加えて、対角締め、対角段階締め、円周締め、および円周段階締めを判定することができる。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31には、図8で示すフローチャートで示すアルゴリズムに基づいて作成されたソフトウェア(プログラム)がインストールされている。システム11は、上記のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置の一例である。
[Second Embodiment]
With reference to FIGS. 8 to 11, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the second embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and a second application method using the same. Will be explained. In the present embodiment, in addition to the matters described in the first embodiment, the computer 22 can determine diagonal tightening, diagonal step tightening, circumferential tightening, and circumferential step tightening. Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 8 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22. The system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
 図8、図9を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第2応用方法について説明する。 A method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from a plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment and a second application method thereof will be described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9.
 ボルト締結の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11を起動する。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。一方、ひずみ値のログに基づき測定装置21において軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出している場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ひずみ値のログとともに軸力値のログおよびトルク値のログを取得することができる。 System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers. The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value. On the other hand, when the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log, the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、図8のステップS21に示すように、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、上記ログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 As shown in step S21 of FIG. 8, the computer 22 (the software) has a plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16 which are varied in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. Determine the torque value. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 ステップS21で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、表示装置に表示する(ステップS22)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S21, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value that fluctuates most among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device (step S22). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、順番に締結操作がなされたボルト16が対角締めされているか否かを判定する(ステップS23~S30)。すなわち、順番に締結操作がなされたボルト16同士が対角位置にあるか否かを判定する(ステップS23)。コンピュータ22は、例えばボルト16の総数が8である場合に、ボルト16同士のボルト番号の差が4である場合に、それらが対角位置にあるとして対角ペアとして認定する(ステップS24)。対角ペアが認定されない場合には、対角締めでないと判定する(ステップS29)。 The computer 22 (the software) determines whether or not the bolts 16 that have been fastened in order are diagonally tightened (steps S23 to S30). That is, it is determined whether or not the bolts 16 that have been sequentially fastened are in diagonal positions (step S23). For example, when the total number of bolts 16 is 8, and the difference in bolt numbers between the bolts 16 is 4, the computer 22 recognizes them as diagonal pairs as diagonal pairs (step S24). If the diagonal pair is not certified, it is determined that the diagonal pair is not tightened (step S29).
 さらに、コンピュータ22は、異なる対角ペアが2以上あるか否かを判定する(ステップS25)。異なる対角ペアが2以上ある場合には、コンピュータ22は、対角締めと判定する(ステップS26)。異なる対角ペアが1以下である場合には、コンピュータ22は、対角締めでない判定する(ステップS30)。 Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not there are two or more different diagonal pairs (step S25). When there are two or more different diagonal pairs, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal tightening is performed (step S26). When the number of different diagonal pairs is 1 or less, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal tightening is not performed (step S30).
 より具体的には、例えば図10に示す例1のように、第1ボルト16A、第5ボルト16E、第3ボルト16C、第7ボルト16G、第1ボルト16Aの順番に締結操作がされた場合には、四角で囲んで示す第1ボルト16Aおよび第5ボルト16Eが対角ペアとなり、四角で囲んで示す第3ボルト16Cおよび第7ボルト16Gが対角ペアとなる。したがって、異なる2以上対角ペアが認定され、コンピュータ22は、対角締めと判定する。 More specifically, for example, as in Example 1 shown in FIG. 10, when the first bolt 16A, the fifth bolt 16E, the third bolt 16C, the seventh bolt 16G, and the first bolt 16A are fastened in this order. The first bolt 16A and the fifth bolt 16E shown in a square form a diagonal pair, and the third bolt 16C and the seventh bolt 16G shown in a square form a diagonal pair. Therefore, two or more different diagonal pairs are recognized, and the computer 22 determines that it is diagonally tightened.
 同様に、図10に示す例2のように、四角で囲んで示す対角ペアが4以上認定された場合も同様に、コンピュータ22は、対角締めと判定する。図10に示す例3のように、対角ペアの第2ボルト16Bおよび第6ボルト16Fと、対角ペアの第4ボルト16Dおよび第8ボルト16Hと、の間に対角ペアとなっていない第2ボルト16Bが締結操作された場合も、コンピュータ22は、対角締めと判定する。 Similarly, as in Example 2 shown in FIG. 10, when four or more diagonal pairs shown in a square are certified, the computer 22 also determines that the diagonal tightening is performed. As in Example 3 shown in FIG. 10, there is no diagonal pair between the second bolt 16B and the sixth bolt 16F of the diagonal pair and the fourth bolt 16D and the eighth bolt 16H of the diagonal pair. Even when the second bolt 16B is fastened, the computer 22 determines that the second bolt 16B is diagonally tightened.
 一方、図10に示す例4のように、四角で囲んで示す対角ペアが1個である場合には、コンピュータ22は、対角締めでないと判定する。 On the other hand, as in Example 4 shown in FIG. 10, when there is one diagonal pair surrounded by a square, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal tightening is not performed.
 さらに、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ボルト16の締付トルクを段階的に増加させているか否かを判定する(図8のステップS27)。その際、コンピュータ22は、JISB2251「フランジ継手締付け方法」で推奨している、締付トルクを段階的に増加させる手順に沿っているか否かを判定する。すなわち、JISB2251では、例えば目標締結トルクの10%→20%→60%→100%の順に、段階的に締付トルクを増大させることを推奨している。 Further, the computer 22 (the software) determines whether or not the tightening torque of the bolt 16 is gradually increased (step S27 in FIG. 8). At that time, the computer 22 determines whether or not the procedure for gradually increasing the tightening torque, which is recommended in JISB2251 "flange joint tightening method", is followed. That is, JISB2251 recommends that the tightening torque is gradually increased in the order of, for example, 10% → 20% → 60% → 100% of the target fastening torque.
 したがって、コンピュータ22は、第1の対角ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね10%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の対角ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね10%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する(対角ペアの数は問わないものとする)。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの5~15%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Therefore, in the computer 22, the first diagonal pair is fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque. Judge whether or not they are concluded in order (the number of diagonal pairs does not matter). At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 5 to 15% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 次に、コンピュータ22は、第1の対角ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね20%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の対角ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね20%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの15~25%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Next, in the computer 22, the first diagonal pair is fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque. % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order. At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 15 to 25% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 次に、コンピュータ22は、第1の対角ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね60%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の対角ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね60%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの55~65%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Next, in the computer 22, the first diagonal pair is fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque. % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order. At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 55 to 65% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 次に、コンピュータ22は、第1の対角ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね100%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の対角ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね100%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの95~105%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Next, in the computer 22, the first diagonal pair is fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth diagonal pairs and the like are fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque. % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order. At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 95 to 105% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 上記基準を満たしている場合には、コンピュータ22は、対角段階締めと判定する(ステップS28)。上記基準を見たさない場合には、対角締めではあるが、対角段階締めではないと判定する(ステップS31)。 If the above criteria are satisfied, the computer 22 determines that it is a diagonal step tightening (step S28). If the above criteria are not seen, it is determined that the tightening is diagonal, but not diagonal step tightening (step S31).
 次に、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、円周締めに該当するか否かを判定する(ステップS32、図9に示す円周締め判定)。図9に示すように、コンピュータ22は、それ以前の対角締め判定において、対角締め又は対角段階締めと判定されたか否かを判定する(ステップS41)。対角締め又は対角段階締めと判定されていない場合には、円周締めに該当するか否かを判定する。先のステップにおいて、すでに対角締め又は対角段階締めと判定された場合には、直ちに円周締めでないと判定される(ステップS48)。 Next, the computer 22 (the software concerned) determines whether or not it corresponds to the circumferential tightening (step S32, the circumferential tightening determination shown in FIG. 9). As shown in FIG. 9, the computer 22 determines whether or not it is determined to be diagonal tightening or diagonal step tightening in the diagonal tightening determination before that (step S41). If it is not determined to be diagonal tightening or diagonal step tightening, it is determined whether or not it corresponds to circumferential tightening. If it is already determined to be diagonally tightened or diagonally stepped in the previous step, it is immediately determined not to be circumferentially tightened (step S48).
 コンピュータ22は、締結操作中のボルト16とその直前に締結操作を行ったボルト16とが、ボルト16の並び方向に沿って隣接位置にあるか否かを判定する。この場合、並び方向に沿って隣接位置にあるとは、ボルト16の番号が増加する正方向(第1ボルト16A→第2ボルト16B→第3ボルト16Cに向かう方向)に隣接していてもよいし、正方向とは逆の逆方向(第1ボルト16A→第8ボルト16H→第7ボルト16Gに向かう方向)に隣接していてもよい。また、隣接しているとは、ボルト番号の差の絶対値が1であることをいう。なお、第1ボルト16Aの次に第8ボルト16Hを操作した場合、第8ボルト16Hの次に第1ボルト16Aを操作した場合も、ボルト番号の差の絶対値が1であるとする。締結操作中のボルト16とその直前に締結操作を行ったボルト16とが、ボルト16の並び方向に沿って隣接位置にある場合には、それらを円周ペアと認定する(ステップS43)。 The computer 22 determines whether or not the bolt 16 during the fastening operation and the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation was performed immediately before the bolt 16 are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the bolts 16. In this case, being adjacent to each other along the alignment direction may be adjacent to the positive direction in which the number of the bolt 16 increases (the direction toward the first bolt 16A → the second bolt 16B → the third bolt 16C). However, they may be adjacent to each other in the direction opposite to the forward direction (the direction toward the first bolt 16A → the eighth bolt 16H → the seventh bolt 16G). Further, "adjacent" means that the absolute value of the difference between the bolt numbers is 1. It is assumed that the absolute value of the difference in bolt numbers is 1 even when the 8th bolt 16H is operated after the 1st bolt 16A and the 1st bolt 16A is operated after the 8th bolt 16H. When the bolt 16 during the fastening operation and the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation was performed immediately before the bolt 16 are located adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the bolts 16, they are recognized as a circumferential pair (step S43).
 コンピュータ22は、当該円周ペアに加えて、当該円周ペアと同方向(正方向、逆方向)の並び方向に沿って隣接位置にあるボルト16が締結操作された場合には、これらを第2の円周ペアとして認定する。コンピュータ22は、異なる円周ペアが2以上あるか否かを判定する(ステップS44)。異なる円周ペアが2以上あると認定された場合には、コンピュータ22は、円周締めと判定する(ステップS45)。異なる円周ペアが2以上あると認定されない場合には、コンピュータ22は、円周締めでないと判定する(ステップS49)。 In addition to the circumferential pair, the computer 22 tightens the bolts 16 located at adjacent positions along the alignment direction in the same direction (forward direction, reverse direction) as the circumferential pair. Certified as a pair of circumferences of 2. The computer 22 determines whether or not there are two or more different circumferential pairs (step S44). If it is determined that there are two or more different circumferential pairs, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened (step S45). If it is not determined that there are two or more different circumferential pairs, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is not tightened (step S49).
 より具体的には、例えば図11に示す例1のように、第1ボルト16A、第2ボルト16B、第3ボルト16C、第4ボルト16D、第5ボルト16E、第6ボルト16F、第7ボルト16G、第8ボルト16H、第1ボルト16Aの順番に締結操作がされた場合には、四角で囲んで示す第1ボルト16Aおよび第2ボルト16Bが円周ペアとなり、同様に、四角で囲んで示す第2、第3ボルト16B、16Cが円周ペアとなり、第3、第4ボルト16C、16Dが円周ペアとなり、第4、第5ボルト16D、16Eが円周ペアとなり、第5、第6ボルト16E、16Fが円周ペアとなり、第6、第7ボルト16F、16Gが円周ペアとなり、第7、第8ボルト16G、16Hが円周ペアとなる。したがって、異なる2以上円周ペアが認定され、コンピュータ22は、円周締めと判定する。 More specifically, for example, as in Example 1 shown in FIG. 11, the first bolt 16A, the second bolt 16B, the third bolt 16C, the fourth bolt 16D, the fifth bolt 16E, the sixth bolt 16F, and the seventh bolt. When the fastening operation is performed in the order of 16G, the 8th bolt 16H, and the 1st bolt 16A, the 1st bolt 16A and the 2nd bolt 16B shown by enclosing them in a square form a circumferential pair, and similarly, enclose them in a square. The 2nd and 3rd bolts 16B and 16C shown are circumferential pairs, the 3rd and 4th bolts 16C and 16D are circumferential pairs, and the 4th and 5th bolts 16D and 16E are circumferential pairs. The 6- volt 16E and 16F form a circumferential pair, the 6th and 7th bolts 16F and 16G form a circumferential pair, and the 7th and 8th bolts 16G and 16H form a circumferential pair. Therefore, two or more different circumferential pairs are recognized, and the computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened.
 同様に、図11に示す例2のように、四角で囲んで示す円周ペアが3以上認定され、且つ円周ペア同士の間でボルトの並び方向に沿って隣接していない場合も同様に、コンピュータ22は、円周締めと判定する。図11に示す例3のように、四角で囲んで示す円周ペアが2以上認定され、且つ円周ペアの第1ボルト16Aおよび第2ボルト16Bと、円周ペアの第5ボルト16Eおよび第6ボルト16Fと、の間に大きく間隔が空いている場合も、コンピュータ22は、円周締めと判定する。 Similarly, as in Example 2 shown in FIG. 11, when three or more circumferential pairs shown in a square are certified and the circumferential pairs are not adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the bolts, the same applies. , The computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened. As shown in Example 3 shown in FIG. 11, two or more circumferential pairs shown in a square are certified, and the first bolt 16A and the second bolt 16B of the circumference pair and the fifth bolt 16E and the second bolt of the circumference pair are certified. Even when there is a large gap between the 6 volt 16F and the 6 volt 16F, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is tightened.
 一方、図11に示す例4のように、四角で囲んで示す円周ペアが1個である場合には、コンピュータ22は、円周締めでないと判定する。 On the other hand, as in Example 4 shown in FIG. 11, when there is one circumferential pair surrounded by a square, the computer 22 determines that the circumference is not tightened.
 図9に示すように、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、さらに、操作中のボルト16のトルク値が段階的に増加しているか否かを判定する(ステップS46)。 As shown in FIG. 9, the computer 22 (the software) further determines whether or not the torque value of the bolt 16 during operation is gradually increased (step S46).
 その際、コンピュータ22は、JISB2251「フランジ継手締付け方法」で推奨している、締付トルクを段階的に増加させる手順に沿っているか否かを判定する。すなわち、JISB2251では、例えば、目標締結トルクの10%→20%→60%→100%の順に、段階的に締付トルクを増大させることを推奨している。 At that time, the computer 22 determines whether or not the procedure for gradually increasing the tightening torque, which is recommended in JISB2251 "flange joint tightening method", is followed. That is, JISB2251 recommends that the tightening torque is gradually increased in the order of, for example, 10% → 20% → 60% → 100% of the target fastening torque.
 したがって、コンピュータ22は、第1の円周ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね10%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の円周ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね10%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する(円周ペアの数は問わないものとする)。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの5~15%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Therefore, in the computer 22, the first circumferential pair is fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at about 10% of the target fastening torque. Judge whether or not they are concluded in order (the number of circumferential pairs does not matter). At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 5 to 15% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 次に、コンピュータ22は、第1の円周ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね20%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の円周ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね20%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの15~25%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Next, in the computer 22, the first circumferential pair is fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at about 20% of the target fastening torque. % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order. At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 15 to 25% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 次に、コンピュータ22は、第1の円周ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね60%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の円周ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね60%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの55~65%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Next, in the computer 22, the first circumferential pair is fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at about 60% of the target fastening torque. % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order. At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 55 to 65% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 次に、コンピュータ22は、第1の円周ペアが目標締結トルクの概ね100%で締結され、それらに続いて、第2、第3、第4の円周ペア等が目標締結トルクの概ね100%で順番に締結されるか否かを判定する。その際、コンピュータ22は、目標締結トルクの95~105%で締結された場合に、この基準を満たしていると判定する(例えば、締結誤差として上下5%を許容する)。 Next, in the computer 22, the first circumferential pair is fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque, and then the second, third, fourth circumferential pairs and the like are fastened at approximately 100% of the target fastening torque. % To determine whether or not the conclusions are made in order. At that time, the computer 22 determines that this criterion is satisfied when the fastening is performed at 95 to 105% of the target fastening torque (for example, a fastening error of 5% is allowed up and down).
 上記基準を満たしている場合には、コンピュータ22は、円周段階締めと判定する(ステップS47)。上記基準を見たさない場合には、円周締めではあるが、円周段階締めではないと判定する(ステップS50)。 If the above criteria are satisfied, the computer 22 determines that it is a circumferential step tightening (step S47). If the above criteria are not seen, it is determined that the tightening is circumferential, but not the circumferential step tightening (step S50).
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、図8のステップS33に示すように、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したか否かを確認する。確認は、例えば、締結作業の完了後にコンピュータ22に対して作業者からの作業完了の入力を受けることで行ってもよいし、所定時間ボルトの操作がない場合にコンピュータ22が完了と判定してもよい。締結作業が完了している場合には、次のステップS34に進む。締結作業が完了していない場合には、ステップS21に戻る。 The computer 22 (the software) confirms whether or not the bolt 16 fastening operation has been completed, as shown in step S33 of FIG. The confirmation may be performed, for example, by receiving an input of the work completion from the operator to the computer 22 after the completion of the fastening work, or it is determined that the computer 22 is completed when the bolt is not operated for a predetermined time. May be good. If the fastening work is completed, the process proceeds to the next step S34. If the fastening work is not completed, the process returns to step S21.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、対角締めの有無、対角ペアの総発生回数、対角段階締めの有無、円周締めの有無、円周ペア総発生回数、円周段階締めの有無、締結操作時間等から、作業者の習熟度レベルを判定する(ステップS34)。対角締めの場合には、対角ペアの総発生回数が所定の数を上回った場合には、高評価となる。また、対角締めよりも対角段階締めの方が高評価となる。円周締めの場合には、円周ペアの総発生回数が所定の数を上回った場合には、高評価となる。また、円周締めよりも円周段階締めの方が高評価となる。締結操作時間が短い方が高評価となる。締結操作時間は、標準的な作業時間をオーバーした場合には、低い評価となる。 The computer 22 (software) includes the presence / absence of diagonal tightening, the total number of diagonal pair tightening, the presence / absence of diagonal step tightening, the presence / absence of circumferential tightening, the total number of circumferential pair occurrences, the presence / absence of circumferential step tightening, and fastening. The proficiency level of the worker is determined from the operation time and the like (step S34). In the case of diagonal tightening, if the total number of occurrences of diagonal pairs exceeds a predetermined number, a high evaluation is given. In addition, diagonal tightening is more highly evaluated than diagonal tightening. In the case of circumferential tightening, if the total number of occurrences of the circumferential pair exceeds a predetermined number, the evaluation is high. In addition, the circumferential tightening is more highly evaluated than the circumferential tightening. The shorter the fastening operation time, the higher the evaluation. The fastening operation time is evaluated low when the standard working time is exceeded.
 コンピュータ22は、締結操作の完了後の各ボルトの締結トルク、軸力、締結操作時間等の各種結果、作業者の習熟度レベル、および講評を表示装置に表示する(ステップS35)。 The computer 22 displays various results such as the fastening torque, axial force, and fastening operation time of each bolt after the completion of the fastening operation, the proficiency level of the operator, and the comment on the display device (step S35).
 コンピュータ22は、例えば円周締めができていなかった場合に、以下のような講評(メッセージ)を表示装置24に表示することができる。
「円周締めを行うと、ボルトの締結トルクのばらつきが抑制されることが期待されます。ボルト(ナット)を回すのではなく、同じ力感をボルト(ナット)に伝えて、回らなくなるまで繰り返すことがポイントです。」
 コンピュータ22は、例えば段階締めができていなかった場合に、以下のような講評(メッセージ)を表示装置24に表示することができる。
The computer 22 can display the following comment (message) on the display device 24, for example, when the circumference is not tightened.
"By tightening the circumference, it is expected that the variation in the tightening torque of the bolt will be suppressed. Instead of turning the bolt (nut), convey the same feeling of force to the bolt (nut) and repeat until it does not turn. That is the point. "
The computer 22 can display the following comment (message) on the display device 24, for example, when the step tightening has not been completed.
 「軸力の増加がやや大きい傾向でした。1回の締付け量をもう少し小さくすることで、段階的な締付けができるようになります。」
 コンピュータ22は、例えば、前回に比べて、締結操作時間が標準的な作業時間の範囲内に改善する一方、前回できていた段階締めが不完全になった場合に、以下のような講評(メッセージ)を表示装置24に表示することができる。
「前回よりスピーディーに締付けられるようになっています。さらに、1週目に小さなトルクで締付けることを意識し、段階的な締付を行うように心掛けてみましょう。」
"The increase in axial force tended to be a little large. By making the amount of tightening at one time a little smaller, it becomes possible to perform stepwise tightening."
For example, the computer 22 improves the fastening operation time within the standard working time as compared with the previous time, and when the step tightening that was completed last time becomes incomplete, the following comment (message) is given. ) Can be displayed on the display device 24.
"It has become faster to tighten than last time. In addition, be aware of tightening with a small torque in the first week, and try to tighten in stages."
 以上で、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第2応用方法を完了する。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第2応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその第2応用方法を実現してもよい。 This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the second application method thereof. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a second application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a second application method thereof may be realized.
 本実施形態によれば、以下のことがいえる。フランジ部ボルト締結システム11において、複数のボルト16が一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでいる。複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、コンピュータ22により締結操作中であるボルト16とその直前に締結操作を行ったボルト16とが対角位置にある場合に対角ペアと認定し、2以上の対角ペアが認定された際に対角締めと判定する。 According to this embodiment, the following can be said. In the flange portion bolt fastening system 11, a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions. In the method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation from the plurality of bolts 16, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the computer 22 determines the plurality of tightening strengths that vary in the direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. The indicated value is determined, and the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation of the tightening strength among the plurality of values indicating the tightening strength varied in the increasing direction by the computer 22 is fastened to the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. When the computer 22 determines that the bolt 16 being fastened and the bolt 16 having been fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, the pair is certified as a diagonal pair, and two or more diagonal pairs are certified. At that time, it is judged to be diagonally tightened.
 フランジ部ボルト締結システム11において、複数のボルト16が一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでいる。プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により締結操作中であるボルト16とその直前に締結操作を行ったボルト16とが対角位置にある場合に対角ペアと認定し、2以上の対角ペアが認定された際に対角締めと判定する機能と、を実現させる。 In the flange portion bolt fastening system 11, a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions. The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value by the computer 22. The function and the function of discriminating the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation of the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer 22 as the bolt 16 being fastened. And, when the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 and the bolt 16 which was fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, they are recognized as diagonal pairs, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified. The function of determining diagonal tightening is realized.
 これらの構成によれば、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに対角締めか否かを把握することができる。これによって、作業者の習熟度レベルをより正確に把握することができる。そして、この結果を用いて作業者の教習に用いることができる。 According to these configurations, it is possible to grasp whether or not diagonal tightening is performed together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. This makes it possible to more accurately grasp the proficiency level of the worker. Then, this result can be used for the training of the worker.
 フランジ部ボルト締結システム11において、複数のボルト16が一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでいる。複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、コンピュータ22により締結操作中であるボルト16とその直前に締結操作を行ったボルト16とが複数のボルト16の並び方向に沿って隣接している場合に円周ペアと認定し、2以上の円周ペアが認定された際に円周締めと判定する。 In the flange portion bolt fastening system 11, a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions. The method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts is a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths which are varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22. The computer 22 determines that the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation in the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction is the bolt 16 being fastened. When the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 and the bolt 16 having been fastened immediately before the bolt 16 are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts 16, it is recognized as a circumferential pair, and two or more. When the circumference pair is certified, it is judged to be the circumference tightening.
 フランジ部ボルト締結システム11において、複数のボルト16が一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでいる。プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により締結操作中であるボルト16とその直前に締結操作を行ったボルト16とが複数のボルト16の並び方向に沿って隣接している場合に円周ペアと認定し、2以上の円周ペアが認定された際に円周締めと判定する機能と、を実現させる。 In the flange portion bolt fastening system 11, a plurality of bolts 16 are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to a pair of flange portions. The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded determines, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths varied in a direction increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value by the computer 22. The function and the function of discriminating the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer 22 as the bolt 16 being fastened. And, when the bolt 16 that is being fastened by the computer 22 and the bolt 16 that was fastened immediately before it are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts 16, it is recognized as a circumferential pair, and 2 or more. A function to determine that the circumference is tightened when the circumference pair is certified.
 これらの構成によれば、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに円周締めか否かを把握することができる。これによって、作業者の習熟度レベルをより正確に把握することができる。そして、この結果を用いて作業者の教習に用いることができる。 According to these configurations, it is possible to grasp whether or not the bolt 16 is tightened around the circumference together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. This makes it possible to more accurately grasp the proficiency level of the worker. Then, this result can be used for the training of the worker.
 複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により、締結操作中のボルト16と判別されたボルト16の締付け強さを示す値が、目標値に向けて段階的に増加している場合に段階締めと判定する。この構成によれば、JISB2251に準拠して、ボルト16の締結トルクを徐々に増加させることを作業者に推奨することができる。 In the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from a plurality of bolts 16, the value indicating the tightening strength of the bolt 16 determined to be the bolt 16 being fastened by the computer 22 is stepwise toward the target value. If it is increasing, it is judged as a step tightening. According to this configuration, it is possible to recommend to the operator to gradually increase the fastening torque of the bolt 16 in accordance with JISB2251.
 この場合、コンピュータ22により複数のボルト16に対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示装置24に表示させる。この構成によれば、作業者は、現在のボルト16の締結トルクを表示装置24上で確認しながら、締結作業の教習を受けることができる。これによって、ボルト16の締結力を視覚的に把握しながら締結作業を行うことができ、より高精度な教習を作業者に施すことができる。 In this case, the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16. According to this configuration, the operator can receive training in the fastening work while checking the current fastening torque of the bolt 16 on the display device 24. As a result, the fastening work can be performed while visually grasping the fastening force of the bolt 16, and more accurate training can be given to the operator.
 [第3実施形態]
 図12を参照して、第3実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびそれを用いた第3応用方法について説明する。本実施形態では、コンピュータ22は、上記第1実施形態で説明した事項に加えて、締結されている複数のボルト16の締付け強さを示す値から、例えば最大値と最小値との差や統計的な手法により、ばらつきを判定することができる。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31には、図12で示すフローチャートで示すアルゴリズムに基づいて作成されたソフトウェア(プログラム)がインストールされている。システム11は、上記のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置の一例である。
[Third Embodiment]
With reference to FIG. 12, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the third embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and a third application method using the same will be described. .. In the present embodiment, in addition to the matters described in the first embodiment, the computer 22 has, for example, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value and statistics from the value indicating the tightening strength of the plurality of bolts 16 to be fastened. Variation can be determined by a conventional method. Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 12 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22. The system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
 コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31は、複数のボルトの望ましいトルク値に対応する範囲および所定範囲を記憶している。この複数のボルトの望ましいトルク値に対応する範囲は、ガスケット種別(ガスケットの大きさ、材質、用途等)毎に異なっている。このため、ハードディスクドライブ31は、ガスケット種別に紐づいた形で、当該範囲を記憶している。例えば、ガスケットAに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、58.8Nmを中心とする、50.0~67.6Nmの範囲である。したがって、ガスケットAに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、複数のボルトにそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値の最大値と最小値との差が17.6Nm以下の範囲である。 The hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores a range and a predetermined range corresponding to desirable torque values of a plurality of volts. The range corresponding to the desired torque values of the plurality of bolts differs depending on the gasket type (gasket size, material, application, etc.). Therefore, the hard disk drive 31 stores the range in a form linked to the gasket type. For example, the range of desirable torque values for gasket A is in the range of 50.0 to 67.6 Nm centered on 58.8 Nm. Therefore, the predetermined range of desirable torque values for the gasket A is a range in which the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts is 17.6 Nm or less.
 ガスケットAとは種別の異なるガスケットBに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、84.3Nmを中心とする、71.65~96.95Nmの範囲である。したがって、ガスケットBに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、複数のボルトにそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値の最大値と最小値との差が25.3Nm以下の範囲である。 The range of desirable torque values for gasket B, which is different from gasket A, is in the range of 71.65 to 96.95 Nm centered on 84.3 Nm. Therefore, the predetermined range of desirable torque values for the gasket B is a range in which the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts is 25.3 Nm or less.
 ガスケットA、Bとは種別の異なるガスケットCに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、68.4Nmを中心とする、58.15~78.65Nmである。したがって、ガスケットCに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、複数のボルトにそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値の最大値と最小値との差が20.5Nm以下の範囲である。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31は、ガスケット種別に紐づいた形で、上記のような望ましい範囲(所定範囲)を記憶している。 The range of desirable torque values for gasket C, which is different from gaskets A and B, is 58.15 to 78.65 Nm centered on 68.4 Nm. Therefore, the predetermined range of desirable torque values for the gasket C is a range in which the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts is 20.5 Nm or less. The hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores the desired range (predetermined range) as described above in a form linked to the gasket type.
 図12を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第3応用方法について説明する。 With reference to FIG. 12, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from a plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment and a third application method thereof will be described.
 ボルト締結の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11を起動する。システム11は、ガスケット(シール部材19)の種別を入力することを要請するメッセージを表示装置24に表示して、入力部41を介してガスケット種別を入力するように作業者に促す(ステップS51)。ガスケット種別の入力の完了後、教習が開始する。なお、本実施形態では、トルク値の検出によって締結操作の開始を判断しているが、この判断手法は一例であり、例えば、表示装置24に表示された表示画面中に設けられたSTARTボタンを作業者が操作することで締結操作の開始をコンピュータ22が把握してもよい。 System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers. The system 11 displays a message requesting input of the gasket (seal member 19) type on the display device 24, and prompts the operator to input the gasket type via the input unit 41 (step S51). .. After completing the input of the gasket type, the training will start. In the present embodiment, the start of the fastening operation is determined by detecting the torque value, but this determination method is an example. For example, the START button provided in the display screen displayed on the display device 24 is used. The computer 22 may grasp the start of the fastening operation by the operator's operation.
 センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。一方、ひずみ値のログに基づき測定装置21において軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出している場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ひずみ値のログとともに軸力値のログおよびトルク値のログを取得することができる。 The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value. On the other hand, when the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log, the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
 コンピュータ22は、図12のステップS52に示すように、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、上記ログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 As shown in step S52 of FIG. 12, the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 ステップS52で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、表示装置24に表示する(ステップS53)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S52, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device 24 (step S53). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
 さらに、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したか否かを判定する(ステップS54)。すなわち、コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を検出できる場合には、ボルト16の締結操作が完了していないと判定する。その場合には、締結操作中のボルト16と判別を継続する(ステップS52、S53)。一方、コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を検出できない場合には、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したと判定する。なお、本実施形態では、トルク値の検出がないことによって締結操作の完了を判断しているが、この判断手法は一例であり、例えば、表示装置24に表示された表示画面中に設けられたSTOPボタンを作業者が操作することで締結操作の完了をコンピュータ22が把握してもよい。 Further, the computer 22 (the software) determines whether or not the fastening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S54). That is, when the computer 22 can detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 is used. It is determined that the fastening operation has not been completed. In that case, the determination with the bolt 16 during the fastening operation is continued (steps S52 and S53). On the other hand, when the computer 22 cannot detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 It is determined that the fastening operation is completed. In the present embodiment, the completion of the fastening operation is determined by the absence of detection of the torque value, but this determination method is an example, and is provided, for example, in the display screen displayed on the display device 24. The computer 22 may grasp the completion of the fastening operation by the operator operating the STOP button.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出する(ステップS55)。さらに、コンピュータ22は、最大値と最小値との差を算出し、当該差がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲を超えたか否かを判定する(ステップS68)。当該差がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲を超えた場合には、コンピュータ22は、ばらつきが大きいと判定し、その旨およびそれに該当するボルト16を示すメッセージを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS57)。この場合、コンピュータ22は、習熟度レベルとして低い評価を表示装置24に表示する。 The computer 22 (the software) extracts the maximum value and the minimum value from the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 (step S55). Further, the computer 22 calculates the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value, and determines whether or not the difference exceeds the predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type (step S68). When the difference exceeds the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that the variation is large, and displays a message to that effect and a message indicating the corresponding bolt 16 on the display device 24 (step S57). ). In this case, the computer 22 displays a low evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
 一方、当該差がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲内にある場合には、コンピュータ22は、ばらつきが小さいと判定し、その旨を示すメッセージを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS58)。この場合、コンピュータ22は、習熟度レベルとして高い評価を表示装置24に表示する。 On the other hand, when the difference is within the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that the variation is small, and displays a message to that effect on the display device 24 (step S58). In this case, the computer 22 displays a high evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
 以上で、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第3応用方法を完了する。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第3応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその第3応用方法を実現してもよい。 This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the third application method thereof. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a third application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a third application method thereof may be realized.
 本実施形態によれば、以下のことがいえる。複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出し、それらの差が所定範囲を超えた場合にばらつきが大きいと判定する。 According to this embodiment, the following can be said. In the method of determining the fastening state of a plurality of bolts, the maximum value and the minimum value are extracted from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the difference between them is the difference. When the predetermined range is exceeded, it is determined that the variation is large.
 プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出し、それらの差が所定範囲を超えた場合にばらつきが大きいと判定する機能を実現させる。 The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the difference between them is the difference. A function for determining that the variation is large when the predetermined range is exceeded is realized.
 これらの構成によれば、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに締付強さを示す値のばらつきがあるか否かを把握することができる。これによって、作業者の習熟度レベルをより正確に把握することができる。そして、この結果を用いて作業者の教習に用いることができる。 According to these configurations, it is possible to grasp whether or not there is a variation in the value indicating the tightening strength together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. This makes it possible to more accurately grasp the proficiency level of the worker. Then, this result can be used for the training of the worker.
 フランジ部ボルト締結システム11は、一対のフランジ部と、前記一対のフランジ部同士の間に挟まれて保持されるガスケット(シール部材19)と、を有し、複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法において、前記コンピュータは、入力部を有し、前記入力部に対する前記ガスケット(シール部材19)の種別の入力を受けた前記コンピュータにより、前記所定範囲が設定される。 The flange portion bolt fastening system 11 has a pair of flange portions and a gasket (seal member 19) sandwiched and held between the pair of flange portions, and determines the fastening state of a plurality of bolts. In the method, the computer has an input unit, and the predetermined range is set by the computer that receives an input of the type of the gasket (seal member 19) to the input unit.
 一般に、適正な締付け強さを示す値(トルク値、軸力値)は、ガスケット(シール部材19)の種別毎に異なる。この構成によれば、そのガスケット種別に適した適正な締付け強さを示す値の所定範囲が設定されるため、より高精度な教習を行うことができる。 Generally, the values (torque value, axial force value) indicating the appropriate tightening strength differ depending on the type of gasket (seal member 19). According to this configuration, a predetermined range of values indicating an appropriate tightening strength suitable for the gasket type is set, so that more accurate training can be performed.
 複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により前記所定範囲を外れたことを報知するメッセージを表示装置24に表示させる。この構成によれば、教習を受ける作業者が締付強さを示す値が適正範囲から外れたことを簡単に認識することができる。その結果、作業者に対する高い教習効果を得ることができる。 As a method of determining the fastened state of a plurality of bolts, the computer 22 causes the display device 24 to display a message notifying that the predetermined range has been exceeded. According to this configuration, the worker who receives the training can easily recognize that the value indicating the tightening strength is out of the appropriate range. As a result, a high training effect for workers can be obtained.
 [第4実施形態]
 図13を参照して、第4実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびそれを用いた第4応用方法について説明する。本実施形態では、コンピュータ22は、上記第1実施形態で説明した事項に加えて、締結されている複数のボルト16の締付け強さを示す値から、例えば最大値を取得したり統計的な手法を採用したりすることにより、過剰締付のボルト16の有無を判定することができる。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31には、図13で示すフローチャートで示すアルゴリズムに基づいて作成されたソフトウェア(プログラム)がインストールされている。システム11は、上記のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置の一例である。
[Fourth Embodiment]
With reference to FIG. 13, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the fourth embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and a fourth application method using the same will be described. .. In the present embodiment, in addition to the matters described in the first embodiment, the computer 22 obtains, for example, a maximum value from a value indicating the tightening strength of the plurality of bolts 16 to be fastened, or a statistical method. By adopting the above, it is possible to determine the presence or absence of the overtightened bolt 16. Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 13 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22. The system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
 コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31は、複数のボルトの望ましいトルク値に対応する範囲および所定範囲を記憶している。この複数のボルトの望ましいトルク値に対応する範囲は、ガスケット(シール部材19)の種別(ガスケットの大きさ、材質、用途等)毎に異なっている。このため、ハードディスクドライブ31は、ガスケット種別に紐づいた形で、当該範囲を記憶している。例えば、ガスケットAに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、58.8Nmを中心とする、50.0~67.6Nmの範囲である。また、ガスケットAに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、最も望ましいトルク値58.8Nmの1.5倍である88.2Nm以下の範囲である。 The hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores a range and a predetermined range corresponding to desirable torque values of a plurality of volts. The range corresponding to the desired torque values of the plurality of bolts differs depending on the type of gasket (seal member 19) (gasket size, material, application, etc.). Therefore, the hard disk drive 31 stores the range in a form linked to the gasket type. For example, the range of desirable torque values for gasket A is in the range of 50.0 to 67.6 Nm centered on 58.8 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket A is the range of 88.2 Nm or less, which is 1.5 times the most desirable torque value of 58.8 Nm.
 ガスケットAとは種別の異なるガスケットBに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、84.3Nmを中心とする、71.65~96.95Nmの範囲である。また、ガスケットBに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、最も望ましいトルク値84.3Nmの1.5倍である126.4Nm以下の範囲である。 The range of desirable torque values for gasket B, which is different from gasket A, is in the range of 71.65 to 96.95 Nm centered on 84.3 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket B is the range of 126.4 Nm or less, which is 1.5 times the most desirable torque value of 84.3 Nm.
 ガスケットA、Bとは種別の異なるガスケットCに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、68.4Nmを中心とする、58.15~78.65Nmである。また、ガスケットCに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、最も望ましいトルク値68.4Nmの1.5倍である102.6Nm以下の範囲である。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31は、ガスケット種別に紐づいた形で、上記のような望ましい範囲(所定範囲)を記憶している。 The range of desirable torque values for gasket C, which is different from gaskets A and B, is 58.15 to 78.65 Nm centered on 68.4 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket C is the range of 102.6 Nm or less, which is 1.5 times the most desirable torque value of 68.4 Nm. The hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores the desired range (predetermined range) as described above in a form linked to the gasket type.
 図13を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第4応用方法について説明する。 With reference to FIG. 13, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from a plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment and a fourth application method thereof will be described.
 ボルト締結の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11を起動する。システム11は、ガスケットの種別を入力することを要請するメッセージを表示装置24に表示して、入力部41を介してガスケット種別を入力するように作業者に促す(ステップS61)。ガスケット種別の入力の完了後、教習が開始する。なお、本実施形態では、トルク値の検出によって締結操作の開始を判断しているが、この判断手法は一例であり、例えば、表示装置24に表示された表示画面中に設けられたSTARTボタンを作業者が操作することで締結操作の開始をコンピュータ22が把握してもよい。 System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers. The system 11 displays a message requesting input of the gasket type on the display device 24, and prompts the operator to input the gasket type via the input unit 41 (step S61). After completing the input of the gasket type, the training will start. In the present embodiment, the start of the fastening operation is determined by detecting the torque value, but this determination method is an example. For example, the START button provided in the display screen displayed on the display device 24 is used. The computer 22 may grasp the start of the fastening operation by the operator's operation.
 センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。一方、ひずみ値のログに基づき測定装置21において軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出している場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ひずみ値のログとともに軸力値のログおよびトルク値のログを取得することができる。 The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value. On the other hand, when the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log, the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
 コンピュータ22は、図13のステップS62に示すように、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、上記ログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 As shown in step S62 of FIG. 13, the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 ステップS62で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、表示装置24に表示する(ステップS63)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S62, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device 24 (step S63). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
 さらに、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したか否かを判定する(ステップS64)。すなわち、コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を検出できる場合には、ボルト16の締結操作が完了していないと判定する。その場合には、締結操作中のボルト16と判別を継続する(ステップS62、S63)。一方、コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を検出できない場合には、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したと判定する。なお、本実施形態では、トルク値の検出がないことによって締結操作の完了を判断しているが、この判断手法は一例であり、例えば、表示装置24に表示された表示画面中に設けられたSTOPボタンを作業者が操作することで締結操作の完了をコンピュータ22が把握してもよい。 Further, the computer 22 (the software concerned) determines whether or not the fastening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S64). That is, when the computer 22 can detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 is used. It is determined that the fastening operation has not been completed. In that case, the determination with the bolt 16 during the fastening operation is continued (steps S62 and S63). On the other hand, when the computer 22 cannot detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 It is determined that the fastening operation is completed. In the present embodiment, the completion of the fastening operation is determined by the absence of detection of the torque value, but this determination method is an example, and is provided, for example, in the display screen displayed on the display device 24. The computer 22 may grasp the completion of the fastening operation by the operator operating the STOP button.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、最大値を抽出する(ステップS65)。さらに、コンピュータ22は、最大値がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲を超えたか否かを判定する(ステップS66)。当該最大値がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲を超えた場合には、コンピュータ22は、過剰締付があると判定し、その旨およびそれに該当するボルト16を示すメッセージを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS67)。この場合、コンピュータ22は、習熟度レベルとして低い評価を表示装置24に表示する。 The computer 22 (the software) extracts the maximum value from the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 (step S65). Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not the maximum value exceeds the predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type (step S66). When the maximum value exceeds the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that there is excessive tightening, and displays a message to that effect and a message indicating the corresponding bolt 16 on the display device 24. (Step S67). In this case, the computer 22 displays a low evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
 一方、当該差がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲内にある場合には、コンピュータ22は、過剰締付がないと判定し、その旨を示すメッセージを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS68)。この場合、コンピュータ22は、習熟度レベルとして高い評価を表示装置24に表示する。なお、本実施形態では、締結操作の完了後に過剰締付の有無の判定をしているが、この判定は締結操作の完了後に限られるものではない。当該判定は、作業者が締結操作を行っているリアルタイムで行っても当然によい。 On the other hand, when the difference is within the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that there is no excessive tightening, and displays a message to that effect on the display device 24 (step S68). In this case, the computer 22 displays a high evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24. In the present embodiment, the presence or absence of excessive tightening is determined after the fastening operation is completed, but this determination is not limited to the completion of the fastening operation. Of course, the determination may be made in real time when the worker is performing the fastening operation.
 以上で、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第4応用方法を完了する。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第4応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその第4応用方法を実現してもよい。 This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the fourth application method thereof. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a fourth application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a fourth application method thereof may be realized.
 本実施形態によれば、以下のことがいえる。複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値を抽出し、前記最大値が所定範囲を超えた場合に過剰締付有と判定する。 According to this embodiment, the following can be said. In the method of determining the fastening state of a plurality of bolts, the maximum value is extracted from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range. If this is the case, it is determined that there is excessive tightening.
 プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値を抽出し、前記最大値が所定範囲を超えた場合に過剰締付有と判定する機能を実現させる。 The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded extracts the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range. In this case, the function of determining that there is excessive tightening is realized.
 これらの構成によれば、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに過剰締付があるか否かを把握することができる。これによって、作業者の習熟度レベルをより正確に把握することができる。そして、この結果を用いて作業者の教習に用いることができる。 According to these configurations, it is possible to grasp whether or not there is excessive tightening together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. This makes it possible to more accurately grasp the proficiency level of the worker. Then, this result can be used for the training of the worker.
 [第5実施形態]
 図14を参照して、第5実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびそれを用いた第5応用方法について説明する。本実施形態では、コンピュータ22は、上記第1実施形態で説明した事項に加えて、締結されている複数のボルト16の締付け強さを示す値から、例えば最小値を取得したり統計的な手法を採用したりすることにより、締付力不足のボルト16の有無を判定することができる。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31には、図14で示すフローチャートで示すアルゴリズムに基づいて作成されたソフトウェア(プログラム)がインストールされている。システム11は、上記のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置の一例である。
[Fifth Embodiment]
With reference to FIG. 14, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the fifth embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and a fifth application method using the same will be described. .. In the present embodiment, in addition to the matters described in the first embodiment, the computer 22 obtains, for example, a minimum value from a value indicating the tightening strength of the plurality of bolts 16 to be fastened, or a statistical method. By adopting the above, it is possible to determine the presence or absence of the bolt 16 having insufficient tightening force. Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 14 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22. The system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
 コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31は、複数のボルトの望ましいトルク値に対応する範囲および所定範囲を記憶している。この複数のボルトの望ましいトルク値に対応する範囲は、ガスケット(シール部材19)の種別(ガスケットの大きさ、材質、用途等)毎に異なっている。このため、ハードディスクドライブ31は、ガスケット種別に紐づいた形で、当該範囲を記憶している。例えば、ガスケットAに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、58.8Nmを中心とする、50.0~67.6Nmの範囲である。また、ガスケットAに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、締付力が不足しない45.2Nm以上の範囲である。 The hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores a range and a predetermined range corresponding to desirable torque values of a plurality of volts. The range corresponding to the desired torque values of the plurality of bolts differs depending on the type of gasket (seal member 19) (gasket size, material, application, etc.). Therefore, the hard disk drive 31 stores the range in a form linked to the gasket type. For example, the range of desirable torque values for gasket A is in the range of 50.0 to 67.6 Nm centered on 58.8 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket A is a range of 45.2 Nm or more at which the tightening force is not insufficient.
 ガスケットAとは種別の異なるガスケットBに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、84.3Nmを中心とする、71.65~96.95Nmの範囲である。また、ガスケットBに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、締付力が不足しない64.3Nm以上の範囲である。 The range of desirable torque values for gasket B, which is different from gasket A, is in the range of 71.65 to 96.95 Nm centered on 84.3 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket B is a range of 64.3 Nm or more at which the tightening force is not insufficient.
 ガスケットA、Bとは種別の異なるガスケットCに対する望ましいトルク値の範囲は、68.4Nmを中心とする、58.15~78.65Nmである。また、ガスケットCに対する望ましいトルク値の所定範囲は、締付力が不足しない52.6Nm以上の範囲である。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31は、ガスケット種別に紐づいた形で、上記のような望ましい範囲(所定範囲)を記憶している。 The range of desirable torque values for gasket C, which is different from gaskets A and B, is 58.15 to 78.65 Nm centered on 68.4 Nm. Further, the predetermined range of the desirable torque value for the gasket C is a range of 52.6 Nm or more at which the tightening force is not insufficient. The hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22 stores the desired range (predetermined range) as described above in a form linked to the gasket type.
 図14を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第3応用方法について説明する。 With reference to FIG. 14, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from a plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment and a third application method thereof will be described.
 ボルト締結の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11を起動する。システム11は、ガスケットの種別を入力することを要請するメッセージを表示装置24に表示して、入力部41を介してガスケット種別を入力するように作業者に促す(ステップS71)。ガスケット種別の入力の完了後、教習が開始する。なお、本実施形態では、トルク値の検出によって締結操作の開始を判断しているが、この判断手法は一例であり、例えば、表示装置24に表示された表示画面中に設けられたSTARTボタンを作業者が操作することで締結操作の開始をコンピュータ22が把握してもよい。 System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers. The system 11 displays a message requesting input of the gasket type on the display device 24, and prompts the operator to input the gasket type via the input unit 41 (step S71). After completing the input of the gasket type, the training will start. In the present embodiment, the start of the fastening operation is determined by detecting the torque value, but this determination method is an example. For example, the START button provided in the display screen displayed on the display device 24 is used. The computer 22 may grasp the start of the fastening operation by the operator's operation.
 センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。一方、ひずみ値のログに基づき測定装置21において軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出している場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ひずみ値のログとともに軸力値のログおよびトルク値のログを取得することができる。 The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value. On the other hand, when the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log, the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
 コンピュータ22は、図14のステップS72に示すように、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、上記ログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 As shown in step S72 of FIG. 14, the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 ステップS72で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別し、表示装置24に表示する(ステップS73)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S72, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 and displayed on the display device 24 (step S73). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated.
 さらに、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したか否かを判定する(ステップS74)。すなわち、コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を検出できる場合には、ボルト16の締結操作が完了していないと判定する。その場合には、締結操作中のボルト16と判別を継続する(ステップS72、S73)。一方、コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を検出できない場合には、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したと判定する。なお、本実施形態では、トルク値の検出がないことによって締結操作の完了を判断しているが、この判断手法は一例であり、例えば、表示装置24に表示された表示画面中に設けられたSTOPボタンを作業者が操作することで締結操作の完了をコンピュータ22が把握してもよい。 Further, the computer 22 (the software concerned) determines whether or not the fastening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S74). That is, when the computer 22 can detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 is used. It is determined that the fastening operation has not been completed. In that case, the determination with the bolt 16 during the fastening operation is continued (steps S72 and S73). On the other hand, when the computer 22 cannot detect a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, the bolt 16 It is determined that the fastening operation is completed. In the present embodiment, the completion of the fastening operation is determined by the absence of detection of the torque value, but this determination method is an example, and is provided, for example, in the display screen displayed on the display device 24. The computer 22 may grasp the completion of the fastening operation by the operator operating the STOP button.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、最小値を抽出する(ステップS75)。さらに、コンピュータ22は、最小値がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲を下回るか否かを判定する(ステップS76)。当該最小値がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲を下回る場合には、コンピュータ22は、締付力不足があると判定し、その旨およびそれに該当するボルト16を示すメッセージを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS77)。この場合、コンピュータ22は、習熟度レベルとして低い評価を表示装置24に表示する。 The computer 22 (the software) extracts the minimum value from the plurality of torque values corresponding to the plurality of bolts 16 (step S75). Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not the minimum value is below the predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type (step S76). When the minimum value is less than the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that the tightening force is insufficient, and displays a message to that effect and a message indicating the corresponding bolt 16 on the display device 24. (Step S77). In this case, the computer 22 displays a low evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24.
 一方、当該差がガスケット種別に対応する上記所定範囲内にある場合には、コンピュータ22は、締付力不足がないと判定し、その旨を示すメッセージを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS78)。この場合、コンピュータ22は、習熟度レベルとして高い評価を表示装置24に表示する。なお、本実施形態では、締結操作の完了後に締付力不足の有無の判定をしているが、この判定は締結操作の完了後に限られるものではない。当該判定は、作業者が締結操作を行っているリアルタイムで行っても当然によい。 On the other hand, when the difference is within the above-mentioned predetermined range corresponding to the gasket type, the computer 22 determines that there is no insufficient tightening force, and displays a message to that effect on the display device 24 (step S78). .. In this case, the computer 22 displays a high evaluation as a proficiency level on the display device 24. In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the tightening force is insufficient after the fastening operation is completed, but this determination is not limited to the completion of the fastening operation. Of course, the determination may be made in real time when the worker is performing the fastening operation.
 以上で、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第5応用方法を完了する。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第5応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその第5応用方法を実現してもよい。 This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the fifth application method thereof. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a fifth application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a fifth application method thereof may be realized.
 本実施形態によれば、以下のことがいえる。複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最小値を抽出し、前記最小値が所定範囲を下回る場合に締付力不足有と判定する。 According to this embodiment, the following can be said. In the method of determining the fastening state of a plurality of bolts, the minimum value is extracted from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the minimum value is below a predetermined range. In some cases, it is determined that the tightening force is insufficient.
 プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最小値を抽出し、前記最小値が所定範囲を下回る場合に締付力不足有と判定する機能を実現させる。 The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded extracts the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer, and the minimum value falls below a predetermined range. In some cases, the function of determining that the tightening force is insufficient is realized.
 これらの構成によれば、締結操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに締付力不足があるか否かを把握することができる。これによって、作業者の習熟度レベルをより正確に把握することができる。そして、この結果を用いて作業者の教習に用いることができる。 According to these configurations, it is possible to grasp whether or not there is insufficient tightening force together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. This makes it possible to more accurately grasp the proficiency level of the worker. Then, this result can be used for the training of the worker.
 [第6実施形態]
 図15を参照して、第6実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびそれを用いた第6応用方法について説明する。本実施形態は、第1実施形態を一部変形した変形例である。本実施形態では、コンピュータ22は、例えば、教習を受ける作業者による上級者モードの選択に基づき、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別した判別結果を、あえてリアルタイムで表示装置24に表示しない処理をすることができる。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31には、図15で示すフローチャートで示すアルゴリズムに基づいて作成されたソフトウェア(プログラム)がインストールされている。
[Sixth Embodiment]
With reference to FIG. 15, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the sixth embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and a sixth application method using the same will be described. .. This embodiment is a modified example in which the first embodiment is partially modified. In the present embodiment, for example, the computer 22 intentionally displays the discrimination result of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 on the display device 24 in real time based on the selection of the advanced mode by the worker who receives the training. It is possible to perform processing that is not displayed. Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 15 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22.
 続いて、図15を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第1応用方法について説明する。 Subsequently, with reference to FIG. 15, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment and a first application method thereof will be described.
 ボルト締結の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11を起動する。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。一方、ひずみ値のログに基づき測定装置21において軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出している場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ひずみ値のログとともに軸力値のログおよびトルク値のログを取得することができる。 System 11 is started prior to the training for bolt fastening workers. The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value. On the other hand, when the measuring device 21 calculates the axial force value log and the torque value log based on the strain value log, the computer 22 (the software concerned) performs the axial force value log and the axial force value log together with the strain value log. You can get the log of the torque value.
 コンピュータ22は、図15のステップS81に示すように、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、上記ログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 As shown in step S81 of FIG. 15, the computer 22 determines, among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16, a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value. do. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. From the above log, the computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 ステップS81で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を締結操作中のボルト16と判別する(ステップS82)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。なお、本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、作業者がボルト16の締結操作を行っている間に、表示装置24の表示機能をオフとしている。このため、コンピュータ22は、締結操作中のボルトの判別結果をリアルタイムで表示装置24に表示することはない。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S81, the computer 22 is in the process of fastening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value that fluctuates most among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 (step S82). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can reliably discriminate the bolt 16 being operated. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 turns off the display function of the display device 24 while the operator is performing the bolt 16 fastening operation. Therefore, the computer 22 does not display the bolt determination result during the fastening operation on the display device 24 in real time.
 本実施形態において、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、この締結操作中のボルト16の判別に加えて、さらに、ボルト締めの周回数を判定することができる。コンピュータ22は、作業者が最初に締結操作を行ったボルト16を基準ボルトと認定する。コンピュータ22は、複数のボルト16のうち基準ボルトを含む所定数のボルト16が締結操作されたと判別された際に、周回数を1として判定する(ステップS83)。その際、所定数は、1以上で適宜な数を設定することができ、例えば、2~6、好ましくは3~5の数である。 In the present embodiment, the computer 22 (software) can determine the number of bolt tightening laps in addition to the determination of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. The computer 22 certifies the bolt 16 to which the operator first fastens as a reference bolt. When it is determined that a predetermined number of bolts 16 including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts 16 have been fastened, the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1 (step S83). At that time, the predetermined number may be 1 or more, and an appropriate number can be set, for example, 2 to 6, preferably 3 to 5.
 所定数として4を設定したとして以下に説明する。作業者が最初に第1ボルト16Aを締結操作し、第2ボルト16Bを締結操作し、次に第3ボルト16Cを締結操作し、第4ボルト16Dを締結操作し、第5ボルト16Eを締結操作したとする。その際、コンピュータ22は、周回数を1として判定する。なお、第2~第5ボルト16B~16Eの締結操作の順番は問わないものとし、並び順以外の順番で締結操作を行った場合でも、4個のボルト16を締結操作すれば周回数を1と判定する。 It will be explained below assuming that 4 is set as a predetermined number. The operator first fastens the first bolt 16A, fastens the second bolt 16B, then fastens the third bolt 16C, fastens the fourth bolt 16D, and fastens the fifth bolt 16E. Suppose you did. At that time, the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1. The order of fastening operations of the 2nd to 5th bolts 16B to 16E does not matter, and even if the fastening operations are performed in an order other than the order of arrangement, if the four bolts 16 are fastened, the number of laps is 1. Is determined.
 作業者がこれに続いて第6ボルト16F、第7ボルト16G、第8ボルト16Hを締結操作した場合も、周回数1を維持する。次に、作業者が再び基準ボルトである第1ボルト16Aを締結操作した場合には、周回数を1加算して2とする(ステップS84)。作業者が基準ボルト以外のボルト16を操作した場合には、この周回数2を維持する。以後、作業者が基準ボルトである第1ボルト16Aに対して締結操作を行った場合に、周回数を1ずつ増加させる。 Even when the operator subsequently fastens the 6th bolt 16F, the 7th bolt 16G, and the 8th bolt 16H, the number of laps of 1 is maintained. Next, when the operator fastens the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, again, the number of laps is added by 1 to 2 (step S84). When the operator operates the bolt 16 other than the reference bolt, the number of laps 2 is maintained. After that, when the operator performs the fastening operation to the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, the number of laps is increased by one.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、図15のステップS85に示すように、ボルト16の締結操作が完了したか否かを確認する。確認は、例えば、締結作業の完了後にコンピュータ22に対して作業者からの作業完了の入力を受けることで行ってもよいし、所定時間ボルトの操作がない場合にコンピュータ22が完了と判定してもよい。締結作業が完了している場合には、次のステップS86に進む。締結作業が完了していない場合には、ステップS81に戻る。 The computer 22 (the software) confirms whether or not the bolt 16 fastening operation has been completed, as shown in step S85 of FIG. The confirmation may be performed, for example, by receiving an input of the work completion from the operator to the computer 22 after the completion of the fastening work, or it is determined that the computer 22 is completed when the bolt is not operated for a predetermined time. May be good. If the fastening work is completed, the process proceeds to the next step S86. If the fastening work is not completed, the process returns to step S81.
 コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、ステップS86において、締結操作を行ったボルト16の時系列に沿った表示を表示装置24にすることができる。この締結操作を行ったボルト16の時系列に沿った表示は、締結操作を行ったボルト16のログをまとめた表(例えば、図5に示すような表)の提示であってもよいし、図6、図7に示すようなボルト16のイメージを示す画像中で、どのボルト16が締結されたかを太枠で囲んで示し、その時点のボルト16の締付け強さを示す値(トルク値、軸力値等)を表示しつつ、それを時系列に沿って順番に示すアニメーションの再生であってもよい。 In step S86, the computer 22 (the software) can display the display in time series of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed on the display device 24. The time-series display of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed may be a presentation of a table (for example, a table as shown in FIG. 5) summarizing the logs of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed. In the image showing the image of the bolt 16 as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, which bolt 16 is fastened is surrounded by a thick frame, and a value indicating the tightening strength of the bolt 16 at that time (torque value, It may be a reproduction of an animation in which the axial force value etc.) is displayed and the animation is shown in order in chronological order.
 コンピュータ22は、周回数および締結操作時間に応じて、作業者の習熟度レベルを判定する。コンピュータ22は、例えば、周回数2以上となった場合に、作業者が高い習熟度レベルであることを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS87)。一方、周回数が1であったり、周回数が過剰に多かったりする場合(例えば、5以上)には、作業者が低い習熟度レベルであることを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS87)。以上で、複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第6応用方法を完了する。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその第6応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその第6応用方法を実現してもよい。 The computer 22 determines the proficiency level of the worker according to the number of laps and the fastening operation time. For example, when the number of laps is 2 or more, the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 that the worker has a high proficiency level (step S87). On the other hand, when the number of laps is 1 or the number of laps is excessively large (for example, 5 or more), the display device 24 indicates that the worker has a low proficiency level (step S87). This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the sixth application method thereof. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 during the fastening operation based mainly on the torque value and a sixth application method thereof are realized, but other values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are realized. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on an example axial force value and a sixth application method thereof may be realized.
 なお、本実施形態は、第1実施形態の変形例として、締結操作を行ったボルト16の判別結果、および締結操作の周回数を、締結操作が完了するまで非表示としているが、変形の態様としてはこれに限られるものではない。 In this embodiment, as a modification of the first embodiment, the determination result of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed and the number of laps of the fastening operation are hidden until the fastening operation is completed. Is not limited to this.
 例えば、上記した第2実施形態において、ユーザの選択に基づき、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、締結操作を行ったボルト16の判別結果、対角締めの有無、対角ペア総発生回数、対角段階締めの有無、円周締めの有無、円周ペアの総発生回数、円周段階締めの有無、および締結操作時間を、締結操作が完了するまで非表示とし、締結操作が完了した後に表示装置24に表示してもよい。そのうち、締結操作を行ったボルト16の判別結果は、時系列に沿って表示装置24に表示してもよい。 For example, in the second embodiment described above, based on the user's selection, the computer 22 (the software) determines the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed, the presence / absence of diagonal tightening, the total number of diagonal pairs, and the diagonal. The presence / absence of step tightening, the presence / absence of circumferential tightening, the total number of occurrences of circumferential pairs, the presence / absence of circumferential step tightening, and the fastening operation time are hidden until the fastening operation is completed, and the display device is displayed after the fastening operation is completed. It may be displayed on 24. Among them, the determination result of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed may be displayed on the display device 24 in chronological order.
 同様に、例えば、上記した第3~5実施形態において、ユーザの選択に基づき、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、各種結果を締結操作が完了するまで非表示とし、締結操作が完了した後に表示装置24に表示してもよい。そのうち、締結操作を行ったボルト16の判別結果は、時系列に沿って表示装置24に表示してもよい。 Similarly, for example, in the third to fifth embodiments described above, the computer 22 (the software) hides various results until the fastening operation is completed, and the display device is displayed after the fastening operation is completed, based on the user's selection. It may be displayed on 24. Among them, the determination result of the bolt 16 for which the fastening operation has been performed may be displayed on the display device 24 in chronological order.
 本実施形態および上記変形によれば、以下のことがいえる。複数のボルト16から締結操作中のボルト16を判別する方法は、ユーザの選択に基づき、コンピュータ22により表示装置24の表示機能をオフにし、複数のボルト16の締結操作の完了後に、締結操作を行ったボルト16の判別結果を時系列に沿って表示装置24に表示する。 According to this embodiment and the above modifications, the following can be said. The method of determining the bolt 16 being fastened from the plurality of bolts 16 is based on the user's selection, the display function of the display device 24 is turned off by the computer 22, and the fastening operation is performed after the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts 16 is completed. The determination result of the bolt 16 performed is displayed on the display device 24 in chronological order.
 この構成によれば、教習を受ける作業者が上級者である場合に、締結操作中のボルト16を表示装置24にあえて表示させることなく、締結作業の教習を受けることができる。これによって、表示装置24の画面に依存することなく、より高度な教習を受けたり、スキル(習熟度レベル)の判定を受けたりできる。また、上記の構成によれば、ボルト16の締結操作が完了した後に、表示装置24に締結操作を行ったボルト16の判別結果を時系列に沿って表示できる。これによって、教習等を受ける作業者は、作業の完了後にボルト16の締結の手順が適切であったか否かを確認することができる。 According to this configuration, when the worker who receives the training is an advanced person, he / she can receive the training of the fastening work without displaying the bolt 16 during the fastening operation on the display device 24. As a result, it is possible to receive more advanced training and to receive a skill (proficiency level) determination without depending on the screen of the display device 24. Further, according to the above configuration, after the bolt 16 fastening operation is completed, the determination result of the bolt 16 that has been fastened to the display device 24 can be displayed in chronological order. As a result, the worker who receives the training or the like can confirm whether or not the procedure for fastening the bolt 16 is appropriate after the work is completed.
 [第7実施形態]
 図16、図17を参照して、第7実施形態のフランジ部ボルト締結システム11およびこれを用いた複数のボルト16から緩め操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびそれを用いた応用方法について説明する。本実施形態は、第1実施形態を一部変形した変形例である。本実施形態では、上記実施形態とは異なり、締結操作中のボルト16を判別するのではなく、作業者が緩め操作を行っている緩め操作中のボルト16を判別する。コンピュータ22のハードディスクドライブ31には、図17で示すフローチャート等で示すアルゴリズムに基づいて作成されたソフトウェア(プログラム)がインストールされている。システム11は、上記のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置の一例である。
[7th Embodiment]
With reference to FIGS. 16 and 17, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being loosened from the flange bolt fastening system 11 of the seventh embodiment and a plurality of bolts 16 using the same, and an application method using the same will be described. do. This embodiment is a modified example in which the first embodiment is partially modified. In the present embodiment, unlike the above embodiment, the bolt 16 during the tightening operation is not determined, but the bolt 16 during the loosening operation in which the operator is performing the loosening operation is determined. Software (program) created based on the algorithm shown in the flowchart or the like shown in FIG. 17 is installed in the hard disk drive 31 of the computer 22. The system 11 is an example of a device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the above program is recorded.
 作業者が行う緩め操作は、ボルト16のトルク値がゼロになるように一気に緩めることは望ましくない。 It is not desirable for the loosening operation performed by the operator to loosen at once so that the torque value of the bolt 16 becomes zero.
 すなわち、図2に示すように、第1フランジ部14および第2フランジ部15に対して第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hが適正なトルク値で締結されている場合に、第7ボルト16Gをトルク値が減少するように緩めたとする。その場合には、図16のグラフに示すように、第7ボルト16Gをトルク値が減少し、それによって第1フランジ部14と第2フランジ部15との間で発生する反発力が開放されることで、第7ボルト16Gの周囲に位置する第6ボルト16Fと第8ボルト16Hのトルク値(軸力値)が上昇する。これをボルトの弾性相互作用という。例えば、図16に示すように、仮に第7ボルト16Gのトルク値をゼロにするように一気に緩めた場合には、第6ボルト16Fおよび第8ボルト16Hは、弾性相互作用によってトルク値が約26%上昇することとなる(図16に、第7ボルト16Gの緩め開始時点と緩め終了時点を2点鎖線で示した。)。なお、図16のグラフでは、弾性相互作用を説明するための例として、第7ボルト16Gに続いて、第6ボルト16F、第8ボルト16Hの順に、トルク値がゼロになるように一気に緩めた場合を示している。 That is, as shown in FIG. 2, when the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H are fastened to the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 with appropriate torque values, the seventh bolt 16G is attached. It is assumed that the torque value is loosened so as to decrease. In that case, as shown in the graph of FIG. 16, the torque value of the 7th bolt 16G is reduced, whereby the repulsive force generated between the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 is released. As a result, the torque values (axial force values) of the 6th bolt 16F and the 8th bolt 16H located around the 7th bolt 16G increase. This is called the elastic interaction of bolts. For example, as shown in FIG. 16, if the torque value of the 7th bolt 16G is loosened at once so as to be zero, the torque values of the 6th bolt 16F and the 8th bolt 16H are about 26 due to the elastic interaction. % (In FIG. 16, the loosening start time and the loosening end time of the 7th bolt 16G are shown by a two-dot chain line). In the graph of FIG. 16, as an example for explaining the elastic interaction, the torque value is loosened at once so that the torque value becomes zero in the order of the 7th bolt 16G, the 6th bolt 16F, and the 8th bolt 16H. Shows the case.
 このように、1個のボルト16を緩めると、ボルトの弾性相互作用によって周囲に隣接するボルト16のトルク値が上昇するため、仮に周方向に順番に徐々に緩める円周緩めによって、ボルト16を並び順に沿って周方向に順番に緩めていくと、1個のボルト16を緩める毎に、その周方向の前側に位置するボルト16のトルク値が上昇する。その結果、最後のボルト16を緩め終える前に、弾性相互作用によってトルク値が高くなり過ぎて、最終的に作業者がボルト17を回すことができなくなる事態を生じる。したがって、本実施形態のように、すでに締結された状態にあるボルト16を緩める際には、一気に緩めず、徐々に緩めることが望ましい。 In this way, when one bolt 16 is loosened, the torque value of the bolts 16 adjacent to the periphery increases due to the elastic interaction of the bolts. Therefore, the bolt 16 is temporarily loosened in order in the circumferential direction. When the bolts 16 are loosened in order in the circumferential direction along the order of arrangement, the torque value of the bolts 16 located on the front side in the circumferential direction increases each time one bolt 16 is loosened. As a result, before the final loosening of the bolt 16 is completed, the torque value becomes too high due to the elastic interaction, and finally the operator cannot turn the bolt 17. Therefore, when loosening the bolt 16 that has already been fastened as in the present embodiment, it is desirable not to loosen the bolt 16 at once but to loosen it gradually.
 続いて、図17等を参照して、本実施形態のシステム11に用いられる複数のボルト16から緩め操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその応用方法、およびそれらを実行するプログラム(ソフトウェア)について説明する。 Subsequently, with reference to FIG. 17 and the like, a method for discriminating the bolt 16 being loosened from the plurality of bolts 16 used in the system 11 of the present embodiment, an application method thereof, and a program (software) for executing them. explain.
 本実施形態では、上記実施形態とは異なり、教習の開始前において、複数のボルト16のすべては、第1フランジ部14および第2フランジ部15に対して、適正なトルク値で締結されている。 In the present embodiment, unlike the above embodiment, all of the plurality of bolts 16 are fastened to the first flange portion 14 and the second flange portion 15 with appropriate torque values before the start of the training. ..
 ボルト緩め作業の作業者への教習に先立ち、システム11およびコンピュータ22(ソフトウェア)を起動する。センサ18(ひずみゲージ)は、ボルト16のひずみ値を常時測定している。測定装置21は、例えば、1~3秒毎にセンサ18からひずみ値を取得する。測定装置21は、このように得られたひずみ値をログとして1~3秒毎に記憶する。測定装置21は、ボルト16毎にこれらひずみ値のログを記憶する。コンピュータ22の当該ソフトウェアは、測定装置21からひずみ値のログを取得するとともに、これらひずみ値のログに対応する軸力値のログやトルク値のログを算出する。 Prior to the training for workers to loosen bolts, start the system 11 and computer 22 (software). The sensor 18 (strain gauge) constantly measures the strain value of the bolt 16. The measuring device 21 acquires a strain value from the sensor 18 every 1 to 3 seconds, for example. The measuring device 21 stores the strain value thus obtained as a log every 1 to 3 seconds. The measuring device 21 stores a log of these strain values for each bolt 16. The software of the computer 22 acquires a log of the strain value from the measuring device 21, and calculates a log of the axial force value and a log of the torque value corresponding to the log of the strain value.
 コンピュータ22は、得られた複数のボルト16にそれぞれ対応する複数のトルク値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数のトルク値を判別する。本実施形態において、コンピュータ22は、閾値として例えば1~5Nmを記憶しているが、この閾値は、ボルト16の総数、直径、長さ等に応じてユーザが適宜に設定できる。コンピュータ22は、コンピュータ22で取得されるログから、第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのうち候補になるボルト16に対応するトルク値を判別する。候補となるボルト16の数は、1~8個の任意の数であってよい。 The computer 22 determines a plurality of torque values that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the plurality of torque values corresponding to the obtained plurality of bolts 16. In the present embodiment, the computer 22 stores, for example, 1 to 5 Nm as a threshold value, and the threshold value can be appropriately set by the user according to the total number, diameter, length, and the like of the bolts 16. The computer 22 determines the torque value corresponding to the candidate bolt 16 among the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H from the log acquired by the computer 22. The number of candidate bolts 16 may be any number from 1 to 8.
 なお、この閾値の大きさは任意である。閾値が上記範囲よりも小さいと、緩め操作中のボルト16の候補をうまく選別することができなくなる。閾値が上記範囲よりも大きくなると、実際に緩め操作を行っているボルト16を検出できないことにつながる。 The size of this threshold is arbitrary. If the threshold value is smaller than the above range, the candidates for the bolt 16 during the loosening operation cannot be selected well. If the threshold value becomes larger than the above range, it leads to the failure to detect the bolt 16 that is actually loosening.
 ステップS91で例えば2~4個のトルク値が判別された場合には、コンピュータ22は、それら2~4個のトルク値のうち、最も大きく変動したトルク値に対応するボルト16を緩め操作中のボルト16と判別する(ステップS92)。このような判別手法をとることによって、コンピュータ22が確実に緩め操作中のボルト16を判別することができる。 When, for example, 2 to 4 torque values are determined in step S91, the computer 22 is in the process of loosening the bolt 16 corresponding to the torque value having the largest fluctuation among the 2 to 4 torque values. It is determined to be the bolt 16 (step S92). By adopting such a discrimination method, the computer 22 can surely discriminate the bolt 16 during the loosening operation.
 さらにコンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、この判別結果を表示装置24に表示する(ステップS92)。判別結果を表示装置24に表示するイメージは、図6、図7とほぼ同様である。 Further, the computer 22 (the software) displays this determination result on the display device 24 (step S92). The images for displaying the determination result on the display device 24 are substantially the same as those in FIGS. 6 and 7.
 コンピュータ22は、ステップS91、S92に従い、現在第1ボルト16Aの緩め作業を行っていると判別した場合には、第1ボルト16Aのイメージ(アイコン)を四角の太枠によって囲んで強調する(図6参照)。次に、第5ボルト16Eの緩め作業を行っていると判別した場合には、第5ボルト16Eのイメージ(アイコン)を四角の太枠によって囲んで強調する(図7参照)。コンピュータ22は、例えば、現在のボルト16の締付け強さを示す値であるトルク値又は軸力値を、表示装置24の第1~第8ボルト16A~16Hのイメージ(アイコン)内又はその近傍に表示することができる(ステップS92)。トルク値又は軸力値の大きさは、図6、図7に示すように、イメージ中のバーの色や柄で表現してもよいし、数値等で直接的に表してもよい。 When the computer 22 determines that the loosening work of the first bolt 16A is currently being performed according to steps S91 and S92, the computer 22 surrounds the image (icon) of the first bolt 16A with a thick square frame and emphasizes it (Fig.). 6). Next, when it is determined that the fifth bolt 16E is being loosened, the image (icon) of the fifth bolt 16E is surrounded by a thick square frame and emphasized (see FIG. 7). The computer 22 displays, for example, a torque value or an axial force value, which is a value indicating the current tightening strength of the bolt 16, in or near the image (icon) of the first to eighth bolts 16A to 16H of the display device 24. It can be displayed (step S92). As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the magnitude of the torque value or the axial force value may be expressed by the color or pattern of the bar in the image, or may be directly expressed by a numerical value or the like.
 その結果、教習を受けている作業者は、現在操作中のボルト16のトルク値又は軸力値を確認しながら、ボルト16の緩め操作を実行することができる。作業者は、緩め操作しているボルト16の番号等を表示装置24上で確認しながら、緩め作業を進めることができる。 As a result, the trained worker can perform the loosening operation of the bolt 16 while checking the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 currently being operated. The operator can proceed with the loosening work while checking the number and the like of the bolt 16 being loosened on the display device 24.
 本実施形態において、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、この締結操作中のボルト16の判別に加えて、さらに、ボルト締めの周回数を判定してもよい。コンピュータ22は、作業者が最初に締結操作を行ったボルト16を基準ボルトと認定する。コンピュータ22は、複数のボルト16のうち基準ボルトを含む所定数のボルトが緩め操作されたと判別された際に、周回数を1として判定する(ステップS13)。その際、所定数は、1以上で適宜な数を設定することができる。 In the present embodiment, the computer 22 (software) may determine the number of bolt tightening laps in addition to the determination of the bolt 16 during the fastening operation. The computer 22 certifies the bolt 16 to which the operator first fastens as a reference bolt. When it is determined that a predetermined number of bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts 16 have been loosened, the computer 22 determines that the number of laps is 1 (step S13). At that time, the predetermined number is 1 or more, and an appropriate number can be set.
 所定数として4を設定したとして以下に説明する。作業者が最初に第1ボルト16Aを緩め操作し、次に第5ボルト16Eを緩め操作し、次に第2ボルト16Bを緩め操作し、次に第6ボルト16Fを緩め操作し、次に第3ボルト16Cを緩め操作したとする。その際、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数を1として判定する。なお、第1~第3ボルト16A~16C、第5ボルト16E、第6ボルト16Fの締結操作の順番は問わないものとし、並び順以外の順番で締結操作を行った場合でも、4個のボルト16を締結操作すれば周回数を1と判定する。 It will be explained below assuming that 4 is set as a predetermined number. The operator first loosens the 1st bolt 16A, then loosens the 5th bolt 16E, then loosens the 2nd bolt 16B, then loosens the 6th bolt 16F, and then the second bolt. It is assumed that the 3 bolt 16C is loosened and operated. At that time, the computer 22 (the software) determines that the number of laps is 1. The order of fastening operations of the 1st to 3rd bolts 16A to 16C, the 5th bolt 16E, and the 6th bolt 16F does not matter, and even if the fastening operations are performed in an order other than the order of arrangement, the four bolts are used. If 16 is fastened, the number of laps is determined to be 1.
 作業者がこれに続いて第7ボルト16G、第4ボルト16D、第8ボルト16Hを緩め操作した場合も、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数1を維持する。次に、作業者が再び基準ボルトである第1ボルト16Aを緩め操作した場合には、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数を1加算して2とする(ステップS94)。作業者が基準ボルト以外のボルト16を操作した場合には、この周回数2を維持する。以後、作業者が基準ボルトである第1ボルト16Aに対して緩め操作を行った場合に、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、周回数を1ずつ増加させる。コンピュータ22は、周回数をボルト16の緩め操作中およびボルト16の緩め操作の完了後のいずれのタイミングでも表示装置24に表示する(ステップS95)。このステップS95は、任意工程であり、行ってもよいし、行わなくてもよい。 The computer 22 (the software) maintains 1 lap even when the operator subsequently loosens and operates the 7th bolt 16G, the 4th bolt 16D, and the 8th bolt 16H. Next, when the operator loosens and operates the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, the computer 22 (the software) adds 1 to 2 laps (step S94). When the operator operates the bolt 16 other than the reference bolt, the number of laps 2 is maintained. After that, when the operator loosens the first bolt 16A, which is the reference bolt, the computer 22 (the software) increases the number of laps by one. The computer 22 displays the number of laps on the display device 24 at any timing during the loosening operation of the bolt 16 and after the loosening operation of the bolt 16 is completed (step S95). This step S95 is an optional step and may or may not be performed.
 作業者は、ボルト16のトルク値又は軸力値が適正値の範囲に入ったことを確認して、当該ボルト16の締付けを完了できる。完了後、作業者は、表示装置24の表示画面において、締付け完了後の各ボルト16のトルク値又は軸力値とともに、周回数を確認することができる。所定数として4以外の数が設定される場合でも、上記と同様に周回数が判定され、表示装置24に周回数が表示される。また、コンピュータ22は、周回数および締結操作時間に応じて、作業者の習熟度レベルおよび講評を判定する。コンピュータ22は、例えば、周回数2以上となった場合に、作業者が高い習熟度レベルにあることを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS96)。一方、周回数が1である場合等には、作業者が低い習熟度レベルにあることを表示装置24に表示する(ステップS96)。緩め操作時間は、短い方が高評価となる。コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、緩め操作時間が標準的な作業時間をオーバーしていた場合に、習熟度レベルを低く表示するとともに、以下のような講評(メッセージ)を表示装置24に表示することができる。
「慎重な施工は好ましいですが、もっと手順に慣れると作業の効率化が期待されます。」
The operator can confirm that the torque value or the axial force value of the bolt 16 is within the range of the appropriate value, and can complete the tightening of the bolt 16. After the completion, the operator can confirm the number of laps together with the torque value or the axial force value of each bolt 16 after the tightening is completed on the display screen of the display device 24. Even when a number other than 4 is set as the predetermined number, the number of laps is determined in the same manner as described above, and the number of laps is displayed on the display device 24. Further, the computer 22 determines the proficiency level and the comment of the worker according to the number of laps and the fastening operation time. For example, when the number of laps is 2 or more, the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 that the worker is at a high proficiency level (step S96). On the other hand, when the number of laps is 1, the display device 24 indicates that the worker is at a low proficiency level (step S96). The shorter the loosening operation time, the higher the evaluation. When the loosening operation time exceeds the standard working time, the computer 22 (the software) displays the proficiency level low and displays the following comment (message) on the display device 24. Can be done.
"Careful construction is preferable, but more familiarity with the procedure is expected to improve work efficiency."
 なお、このステップS96は、任意工程であり、行ってもよいし、行わなくてもよい。 Note that this step S96 is an optional step and may or may not be performed.
 さらに、コンピュータ22(当該ソフトウェア)は、順番に緩め操作がなされたボルト16が徐々に(段階的に)対角に緩められていること、すなわち対角緩めがなされているか否かを判定してもよい。すなわち、順番に緩め操作がなされたボルト16同士が対角位置にあるか否かを判定してもよい。
コンピュータ22は、例えばボルト16の総数が8である場合に、ボルト16同士のボルト番号の差が4である場合に、それらが対角位置にあるとして対角ペアとして認定する。対角ペアが認定されない場合には、対角緩めでないと判定する。
 さらに、コンピュータ22は、異なる対角ペアが2以上あるか否かを判定する。異なる対角ペアが2以上ある場合には、コンピュータ22は、対角緩めと判定する。異なる対角ペアが1以下である場合には、コンピュータ22は、対角緩めでない判定することができる。なお、この対角緩めがなされているか否かを判定は、任意工程であり、行ってもよいし、行わなくてもよい。
Further, the computer 22 (the software) determines that the bolts 16 which have been loosened in order are gradually (stepwise) loosened diagonally, that is, whether or not the bolts 16 have been loosened diagonally. May be good. That is, it may be determined whether or not the bolts 16 that have been loosened in order are in diagonal positions.
For example, when the total number of bolts 16 is 8, the computer 22 recognizes them as diagonal pairs when the difference between the bolt numbers of the bolts 16 is 4. If the diagonal pair is not recognized, it is judged that the diagonal pair is not loosened.
Further, the computer 22 determines whether or not there are two or more different diagonal pairs. If there are two or more different diagonal pairs, the computer 22 determines that the diagonal is loose. If the number of different diagonal pairs is 1 or less, the computer 22 can determine that the diagonal is not loose. It should be noted that the determination as to whether or not this diagonal loosening is performed is an optional step and may or may not be performed.
 以上で、複数のボルト16から緩め操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその応用方法を完了する。なお、本実施形態では、主としてトルク値を基準に緩め操作中のボルト16を判別する方法およびその応用方法を実現しているが、ボルト16に対応する締付け強さを示す値の他の例である軸力値を基準にボルト16を判別する方法およびその応用方法を実現してもよい。 This completes the method of discriminating the bolt 16 being loosened from the plurality of bolts 16 and the application method thereof. In this embodiment, a method of discriminating the bolt 16 being loosened mainly based on a torque value and an application method thereof are realized, but other examples of values indicating the tightening strength corresponding to the bolt 16 are used. A method of discriminating the bolt 16 based on a certain axial force value and an application method thereof may be realized.
 本実施形態によれば、以下のことがいえる。複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、フランジ部ボルト締結システム11を用いた。フランジ部ボルト締結システム11は、一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルト16のひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサ18と、複数のセンサ18で得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ複数のボルト16に対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータ22と、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置24と、を備える。複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、コンピュータ22により前記減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を緩め操作中のボルト16と判別する。 According to this embodiment, the following can be said. A flange bolt fastening system 11 was used as a method for discriminating the bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts. The flange bolt fastening system 11 is a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 capable of fastening a pair of flange portions, and a plurality of strain values obtained from the plurality of sensors 18. A computer 22 for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to the bolt 16 and a display device 24 for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values are provided. The method of discriminating the bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts is a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths which are varied in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22. The computer 22 determines that the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation in the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction is the bolt 16 being operated. ..
 プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、フランジ部ボルト締結システム11に、以下の機能を実現させる。フランジ部ボルト締結システム11は、一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルト16のひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサ18と、複数のセンサ18で得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ複数のボルト16に対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータ22と、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置24と、を備える。コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体は、コンピュータ22により前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、コンピュータ22により前記減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応するボルト16を緩め操作中のボルト16と判別する機能と、を実現させるプログラムを記録した。 The computer-readable recording medium on which the program is recorded realizes the following functions in the flange bolt fastening system 11. The flange bolt fastening system 11 is a plurality of sensors 18 for measuring strain values of a plurality of bolts 16 capable of fastening a pair of flange portions, and a plurality of strain values obtained from the plurality of sensors 18. A computer 22 for acquiring a plurality of tightening strength values corresponding to the bolt 16 and a display device 24 for displaying the plurality of tightening strength values are provided. The computer-readable recording medium has a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths, which are varied in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value, among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer 22, and a computer. 22 realizes a function of loosening the bolt 16 corresponding to the value indicating the most greatly fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction and discriminating the bolt 16 from the bolt 16 being operated. Recorded the program to be made.
 これらの構成によれば、コンピュータ22は、作業者が現在緩め操作しているボルト16を正確に判別することができる。これによって、コンピュータ22上に正確なログをとることができ、システム11を用いたその後の解析(段階的な緩め操作ができているか等)に有効に活用できる。 According to these configurations, the computer 22 can accurately determine the bolt 16 that the operator is currently loosening and operating. As a result, accurate logs can be taken on the computer 22, which can be effectively used for subsequent analysis using the system 11 (whether a stepwise loosening operation is possible, etc.).
 また、上記構成によれば、ボルト緩め操作を行う作業者は、実際に緩めているボルト16の番号、位置を表示装置24の画面上で確認しながら、緩め作業を進めることができる。その結果、作業者は、緩め対象のボルト16が正しく緩められていることを画面上で確認しつつ、ボルト16の緩め作業を教習できる。コンピュータ22が現在緩め操作を行っているボルト16の現在の複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示装置24に表示するようにしている場合には、作業者は、現在の複数の締付け強さを示す値を確認しながら作業を進めることができる。また、作業者の現在のスキル(習熟度)の判定にも用いることができる。 Further, according to the above configuration, the operator who performs the bolt loosening operation can proceed with the loosening work while confirming the number and position of the bolt 16 actually loosened on the screen of the display device 24. As a result, the operator can learn the loosening work of the bolt 16 while confirming on the screen that the bolt 16 to be loosened is correctly loosened. If the computer 22 displays on the display device 24 a value indicating the current plurality of tightening strengths of the bolt 16 currently being loosened, the operator displays the current plurality of tightening strengths. You can proceed with the work while checking the indicated values. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
 コンピュータ22は、所定の時間間隔毎に前記複数のひずみ値から前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得する。この構成によれば、緩め操作中のボルト16の判別結果とともに、作業時間を作業者に報知することができる。これによって、短時間で作業を終えるようにすることを作業者に促すことができ、作業効率の向上をしつつボルト16の緩め作業の教習を行うことができる。また、作業者の現在のスキル(習熟度)の判定にも用いることができる。 The computer 22 acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals. According to this configuration, the working time can be notified to the operator together with the determination result of the bolt 16 during the loosening operation. As a result, it is possible to encourage the worker to finish the work in a short time, and it is possible to teach the loosening work of the bolt 16 while improving the work efficiency. It can also be used to determine the worker's current skill (proficiency level).
 上記した実施形態は、種々の置き換えや変形を加えて実施できる。また、上記実施形態同士を適宜に組み合わせて1つの発明を実現することもできるし、上記実施形態のすべてを組み合わせて1つの発明を実現することも当然にできる。 The above embodiment can be implemented by adding various replacements and modifications. Further, it is possible to realize one invention by appropriately combining the above-described embodiments, and it is naturally possible to realize one invention by combining all of the above-described embodiments.
11       システム
12       第1管
13       第2管
14       第1フランジ部
15       第2フランジ部
16       ボルト
17       ナット
18       センサ
19       シール部材
21       測定装置
22       コンピュータ
23       サーバ
24       表示装置
31       ハードディスクドライブ
41       入力部
11 System 12 1st pipe 13 2nd pipe 14 1st flange 15 2nd flange 16 Bolt 17 Nut 18 Sensor 19 Sealing member 21 Measuring device 22 Computer 23 Server 24 Display device 31 Hard disk drive 41 Input section

Claims (28)

  1.  一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムを用いた、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法であって、
     前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、
     前記コンピュータにより前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを締結操作中のボルトと判別する、複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。
    A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A method of discriminating a bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts by using a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating There,
    Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the computer determines a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
    From a plurality of bolts that determine the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the largest variation in the tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction by the computer as the bolt being fastened. How to determine which bolt is being fastened.
  2.  前記コンピュータは、所定の時間間隔毎に前記複数のひずみ値から前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得する請求項1に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 The computer is a method of discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to claim 1, wherein the computer acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals.
  3.  前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
     前記コンピュータにより、最初に締結操作を行った前記ボルトを基準ボルトと認定し、前記複数のボルトのうち前記基準ボルトを含む所定数の前記ボルトが締結操作されたと判別された際に周回数を1として判定し、それ以後、前記基準ボルトの締結操作毎に前記周回数を1ずつ増加させる、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。
    The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
    The computer recognizes the bolt to which the fastening operation is first performed as a reference bolt, and when it is determined that a predetermined number of the bolts including the reference bolt among the plurality of bolts have been fastened, the number of laps is 1. A method of discriminating a bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the number of laps is increased by 1 for each tightening operation of the reference bolt thereafter.
  4.  前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
     前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが対角位置にある場合に対角ペアと認定し、2以上の対角ペアが認定された際に対角締めと判定する、請求項1乃至3のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。
    The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
    When the bolt being fastened by the computer and the bolt to be fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, it is recognized as a diagonal pair, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified, diagonal tightening is performed. A method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5.  前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
     前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが前記複数のボルトの並び方向に沿って隣接している場合に円周ペアと認定し、2以上の円周ペアが認定された際に円周締めと判定する、請求項1乃至4のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。
    The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
    When the bolt that is being fastened by the computer and the bolt that was fastened immediately before it are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts, it is recognized as a circumferential pair and two or more circumferential pairs. A method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is determined to be circumferential tightening when the bolt is certified.
  6.  前記コンピュータにより、締結操作中のボルトと判別された前記ボルトの締付け強さを示す値が、目標値に向けて段階的に増加している場合に段階締めと判定する、請求項4又は請求項5に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 4. Claim 4 or claim, wherein when the value indicating the tightening strength of the bolt determined to be the bolt during the fastening operation by the computer is gradually increased toward the target value, it is determined to be step tightening. A method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to 5.
  7.  前記複数のボルトの全ての締結操作の完了後、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出し、それらの差が所定範囲を超えた場合にばらつきが大きいと判定する、請求項1乃至6のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法。 After all the fastening operations of the plurality of bolts are completed, the computer extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and the difference between them. The method for determining the fastening state of a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein it is determined that the variation is large when the amount exceeds a predetermined range.
  8.  前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値を抽出し、前記最大値が所定範囲を超えた場合に過剰締付有と判定する、請求項1乃至7のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法。 The computer extracts the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and when the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range, it is determined that excessive tightening is present. Item 8. A method for determining a fastening state of a plurality of bolts according to any one of Items 1 to 7.
  9.  前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最小値を抽出し、前記最小値が所定範囲を下回る場合に締付力不足有と判定する、請求項1乃至8のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法。 The computer extracts the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and when the minimum value is below a predetermined range, it is determined that the tightening force is insufficient. Item 8. A method for determining a fastening state of a plurality of bolts according to any one of Items 1 to 8.
  10.  フランジ部ボルト締結システムは、一対のフランジ部と、前記一対のフランジ部同士の間に挟まれて保持されるガスケットと、を有し、
     前記コンピュータは、入力部を有し、
     前記入力部に対する前記ガスケットの種別の入力を受けた前記コンピュータにより、前記所定範囲が設定される請求項7乃至9のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法。
    The flange bolt fastening system has a pair of flanges and a gasket that is sandwiched and held between the pair of flanges.
    The computer has an input unit.
    The method for determining the fastening state of a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein the predetermined range is set by the computer that receives the input of the gasket type to the input unit.
  11.  前記コンピュータにより前記所定範囲を外れたことを報知するメッセージを前記表示装置に表示させる請求項7乃至10のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトの締結状態を判別する方法。 The method for determining the fastened state of a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 7 to 10, wherein a message notifying that the computer is out of the predetermined range is displayed on the display device.
  12.  前記コンピュータにより前記締結操作中のボルトの判別結果を前記表示装置に表示させる請求項1乃至請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 A method of discriminating a bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 11 in which the display device displays the discriminating result of the bolt being fastened by the computer.
  13.  前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトの締結操作の開始から完了までの時間を測定して測定結果を前記表示装置に表示させる請求項1乃至12のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 The fastening operation is being performed from the plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the computer measures the time from the start to the completion of the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts and displays the measurement result on the display device. How to determine the bolt of.
  14.  前記コンピュータにより習熟度レベルを前記表示装置に表示する請求項1乃至13のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 A method of discriminating a bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 13 in which a proficiency level is displayed on the display device by the computer.
  15.  前記コンピュータにより作業者の締結操作に対する講評を前記表示装置に表示する請求項1乃至14のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 A method of discriminating a bolt being fastened from a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 14 for displaying a comment on a worker's fastening operation on the display device by the computer.
  16.  ユーザの選択に基づき、前記コンピュータにより前記表示装置の表示機能をオフにし、前記複数のボルトの締結操作の完了後に、締結操作を行ったボルトの判別結果を時系列に沿って前記表示装置に表示する請求項1乃至15のいずれか1項に記載の複数のボルトから締結操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 Based on the user's selection, the display function of the display device is turned off by the computer, and after the fastening operation of the plurality of bolts is completed, the determination result of the bolt for which the fastening operation is performed is displayed on the display device in chronological order. A method for discriminating a bolt during a fastening operation from a plurality of bolts according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  17.  一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムに、以下の機能を実現させるプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
     前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、
     前記コンピュータにより前記増大する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを締結操作中のボルトと判別する機能と、を実現させるプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。
    A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A computer-readable recording medium in which a program for realizing the following functions is recorded in a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating the above and a display device for displaying a plurality of values indicating a tightening strength. And,
    Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer, a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of increasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
    The computer realizes a function of discriminating the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the increasing direction as the bolt being fastened. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program to be recorded is recorded.
  18.  前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
     前記コンピュータにより、最初に締結操作を行った前記ボルトを基準ボルトと認定し、
    前記複数のボルトのうち前記基準ボルトを含む所定数の前記ボルトが締結操作されたと判別された際に周回数を1として判定し、それ以後、前記基準ボルトの締結操作毎に前記周回数を1ずつ増加させる機能を実現させる請求項17に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。
    The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
    The computer recognizes the bolt that was first fastened as a reference bolt, and then recognizes it as a reference bolt.
    When it is determined that a predetermined number of the bolts including the reference bolt have been fastened among the plurality of bolts, the number of laps is determined as 1, and thereafter, the number of laps is set to 1 for each fastening operation of the reference bolt. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to claim 17 is realized, which realizes a function of increasing the number of increments.
  19.  前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
     前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが対角位置にある場合に対角ペアと認定し、2以上の対角ペアが認定された際に対角締めと判定する機能を実現させる請求項17又は請求項18に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。
    The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
    When the bolt being fastened by the computer and the bolt to be fastened immediately before it are in diagonal positions, it is recognized as a diagonal pair, and when two or more diagonal pairs are certified, diagonal tightening is performed. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to claim 17 or 18.
  20.  前記複数のボルトが一対のフランジ部に対して環状に離散的に並んでおり、
     前記コンピュータにより締結操作中であるボルトとその直前に締結操作を行ったボルトとが前記複数のボルトの並び方向に沿って隣接している場合に円周ペアと認定し、2以上の円周ペアが認定された際に円周締めと判定する機能を実現させる請求項17乃至請求項19のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。
    The plurality of bolts are arranged discretely in an annular shape with respect to the pair of flange portions.
    When the bolt that is being fastened by the computer and the bolt that was fastened immediately before it are adjacent to each other along the arrangement direction of the plurality of bolts, it is recognized as a circumferential pair and two or more circumferential pairs. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of claims 17 to 19 is recorded, which realizes a function of determining the circumferential tightening when is certified.
  21.  前記複数のボルトの全ての締結操作の完了後、前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値と最小値とを抽出し、それらの差が所定範囲を超えた場合にばらつきが大きいと判定する機能を実現させる請求項17乃至請求項20のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。 After all the fastening operations of the plurality of bolts are completed, the computer extracts the maximum value and the minimum value among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts, and the difference between them. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of claims 17 to 20 is recorded, which realizes a function of determining that the variation is large when the number exceeds a predetermined range.
  22.  前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最大値を抽出し、前記最大値が所定範囲を超えた場合に過剰締付有と判定する機能を実現させる請求項17乃至請求項21のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。 A function of extracting the maximum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer and determining that excessive tightening is present when the maximum value exceeds a predetermined range. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of claims 17 to 21 is recorded.
  23.  前記コンピュータにより前記複数のボルトのそれぞれに対応する前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最小値を抽出し、前記最小値が所定範囲を下回る場合に締付力不足有と判定する機能を実現させる請求項17乃至請求項22のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。 A function of extracting the minimum value from the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to each of the plurality of bolts by the computer and determining that the tightening force is insufficient when the minimum value is below a predetermined range. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of claims 17 to 22 is recorded.
  24.  請求項17乃至請求項23のいずれか1項に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置。 A device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to any one of claims 17 to 23 is recorded.
  25.  一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムを用いた、複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法であって、
     前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別し、
     前記コンピュータにより前記減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを緩め操作中のボルトと判別する、複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法。
    A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A method of discriminating a bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts by using a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating There,
    Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths, the computer determines a value indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
    From a plurality of bolts that are determined to be bolts being operated by loosening the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the tightening strength that fluctuates most among the values indicating the tightening strength that fluctuates in the decreasing direction by the computer. How to determine which bolt is being loosened.
  26.  前記コンピュータは、所定の時間間隔毎に前記複数のひずみ値から前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得する請求項25に記載の複数のボルトから緩め操作中のボルトを判別する方法。 The method for determining a bolt being loosened from a plurality of bolts according to claim 25, wherein the computer acquires a value indicating the plurality of tightening strengths from the plurality of strain values at predetermined time intervals.
  27.  一対のフランジ部を締結可能な複数のボルトのひずみ値をそれぞれ測定する複数のセンサと、前記複数のセンサで得られた複数のひずみ値から得られ前記複数のボルトに対応する複数の締付け強さを示す値を取得するコンピュータと、前記複数の締付け強さを示す値を表示する表示装置と、を備えるフランジ部ボルト締結システムに、以下の機能を実現させるプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であって、
     前記コンピュータにより前記複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、所定の閾値を超えて減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値を判別する機能と、
     前記コンピュータにより前記減少する方向に変動した複数の締付け強さを示す値のうち、最も大きく変動した締付け強さを示す値に対応する前記ボルトを緩め操作中のボルトと判別する機能と、を実現させるプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。
    A plurality of sensors for measuring the strain values of a plurality of bolts capable of fastening a pair of flanges, and a plurality of tightening strengths corresponding to the plurality of bolts obtained from the plurality of strain values obtained by the plurality of sensors. A computer-readable recording medium in which a program for realizing the following functions is recorded in a flange bolt fastening system including a computer for acquiring a value indicating a value indicating the above and a display device for displaying a plurality of values indicating a tightening strength. And,
    Among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths by the computer, a function of discriminating a plurality of values indicating a plurality of tightening strengths that fluctuate in a direction of decreasing beyond a predetermined threshold value.
    The computer realizes a function of loosening the bolt corresponding to the value indicating the most fluctuating tightening strength among the values indicating the plurality of tightening strengths fluctuating in the decreasing direction and discriminating the bolt as a bolt being operated. A computer-readable recording medium on which the program to be recorded is recorded.
  28.  請求項27に記載のプログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体を有する装置。 A device having a computer-readable recording medium on which the program according to claim 27 is recorded.
PCT/JP2021/039781 2020-10-30 2021-10-28 Method for determining bolt being used in fastening operation from plurality of bolts, computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, device comprising computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, method for determining bolt being used in loosening operation from plurality of bolts WO2022092186A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020182158 2020-10-30
JP2020-182158 2020-10-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022092186A1 true WO2022092186A1 (en) 2022-05-05

Family

ID=81381512

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/039781 WO2022092186A1 (en) 2020-10-30 2021-10-28 Method for determining bolt being used in fastening operation from plurality of bolts, computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, device comprising computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, method for determining bolt being used in loosening operation from plurality of bolts

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7295197B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2022092186A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017019037A (en) * 2015-07-09 2017-01-26 三洋機工株式会社 Angle wrench
JP2017030072A (en) * 2015-07-30 2017-02-09 Tone株式会社 Tightening check method
JP2017087318A (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-25 株式会社渡邊製作所 Fastening data management system
JP2019038068A (en) * 2017-08-25 2019-03-14 京都機械工具株式会社 Driver unit

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009191932A (en) 2008-02-14 2009-08-27 Hitachi Plant Technologies Ltd Equipment and material for flange fastening training
JP6166222B2 (en) 2014-05-20 2017-07-19 株式会社ダイセル Flange fastening skill judgment device and flange fastening skill judgment program
JP6752594B2 (en) 2016-03-10 2020-09-09 株式会社バルカー Construction monitoring device for sealing materials, construction monitoring program, construction monitoring method, construction monitoring system and construction training system
SG11201811790QA (en) 2016-07-07 2019-01-30 Valqua Ltd Training device and training method for sealing work
TWI796460B (en) 2018-03-28 2023-03-21 日商華爾卡股份有限公司 Sealing construction management method, sealing construction management device, sealing construction management program, sealing construction management system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017019037A (en) * 2015-07-09 2017-01-26 三洋機工株式会社 Angle wrench
JP2017030072A (en) * 2015-07-30 2017-02-09 Tone株式会社 Tightening check method
JP2017087318A (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-25 株式会社渡邊製作所 Fastening data management system
JP2019038068A (en) * 2017-08-25 2019-03-14 京都機械工具株式会社 Driver unit

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7295197B2 (en) 2023-06-20
JP2022074032A (en) 2022-05-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101747622B1 (en) Flange-fastening skill determination device and flange-fastening skill determination computer program stored on media
JP6559525B2 (en) Remote work support system and remote work support method
US11138805B2 (en) Quantitative quality assurance for mixed reality
KR20190123279A (en) Systems and methods for determining defect patterns from sensor data in product validation and manufacturing processes
WO2022092186A1 (en) Method for determining bolt being used in fastening operation from plurality of bolts, computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, device comprising computer readable recording medium having program recorded thereon, method for determining bolt being used in loosening operation from plurality of bolts
JP6654244B2 (en) Flange tightening management method, tightening management system, tightening management program and tightening management device
AU2003203820B2 (en) Apparatus and method of diagnosing machinery damage factor
CN112839775B (en) Sealing construction determination system, program, determination method, and learning system
JP6953627B2 (en) Flange tightening training system, equipment, programs, methods and information terminals
JP2022158023A (en) Skill evaluation system, skill evaluation program, skill evaluation method, and skill evaluation device
Vinod et al. POYSS: a model for integrating Poka-Yoke technique with Six Sigma concept
Althoefer et al. Monitoring of self-tapping screw fastenings using artificial neural networks
CN113554909A (en) Online education platform
JP7113807B2 (en) Flange joint fastening process learning method and flange joint fastening process learning system
KR20200123557A (en) Transmission inspection method and transmission inspection device using vibration
JP2019150922A (en) Thread fastening determination device and thread fastening determination system
CN117168802B (en) Method for detecting performance life of harmonic speed reducer
Lara et al. Radial basis artificial neural networks for screw insertions classification
US20240069517A1 (en) System and method for guiding operations on a workpiece
Lara et al. Automated Screw Insertion Monitoring Using Neural Networks: A Computational Intelligence Approach to Assembly in Manufacturing
JP2023002065A (en) Product hammering sound inspection system and product hammering sound inspection method
JP2023176599A (en) Bolt fastening inspection device
CN117147290A (en) Screw quality detection method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN115981255A (en) Performance monitoring method and system of steel structure test platform
RU2246715C1 (en) Method for evaluating technical state of pin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21886303

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21886303

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1